v>EPA
            United States
            Environmental Protection
            Agency
             Robert S Kerr Environmental
             Research Laboratory
             Ada. OK 74820
Center for Environmental
Research Information
Cincinnati OH 45268
            Technology Transfer
                          CERI-87-45
Seminar on
Transport and Fate of
Contaminants in the
Subsurface

Slide Copies

-------
 FATE AND TRANSPORT
  INSTRUCTORS
   Physical Processes
  Carl D. Palmer
   Chemical Processes
Richard L. Johnson
  Biological Processes
 Joseph M. Suflita
Simulation and Prediction
 Joseph F. Keely
 OBJECTIVE:
 To transfer results from scientific research
 concerning natural processes that govern the
 transport and fate of ground-water contaminants
 from the research community to the regulatory
 community.

-------
  PHYSICAL PROCESSES






Advection-Dlspersion Theory





Transport in Fractured Media





Non-Aqueous Phase Liquids





Particle Transport & Filtration





Estimation of Transport Parameters
 CHEMICAL PROCESSES
Inorganic Contaminants





Behavior of Organics





Laboratory Methods





Field Experiments





Case Histories

-------
BIOTRANSFORMAT1ON PROCESSES






    • Microbial Ecology





    • Metabolism of Contaminants





    • Bioremediation Strategies





    • Field and Laboratory Methods





    • Case Histories
   SIMULATION AND PREDICTION






    • Types of Models





    • Data Requirements





    • Quality Control





    • Agency Uses and Needs





    • Management Considerations

-------
 TRANSPORT AND FATE
 PHYSICAL PROCESSES
      Session 1
     Carl D. Palmer
(Oregon Graduate Center)
                        CDP-l - 1

-------
       WASTE
         MONITORING
UNSATURATED   WELL
   X        X / ZONE
WATER
SUPPLY
WELL
 AQUIFER
                                     CDP-1 - 2
            BREAKTHROUGH  CURVE
    i.O -
  o
  I— I
W H
   : o.5
  o
    0.0
                                    CDP-1 - 3

-------
   WHY SHOULD WE BE INTERESTED IN DISPERSION?


   • Prediction of arrival of an action limit for a

     contaminant


   • Estimation of the costs for aquifer remediation


   • Development of aquifer remediation strategies

                                       CDP-l -  4
h
U
3
Q
Z
c
o
c
DC
Q
MOLECULAR   MICRO    MACRO
                                           MEGA
                          REV
                                MEV
                        VOLUME
             After Glllham »nd Cherry (1982).
                                            CDP-l  - 5

-------
ADVECTION-DISPERSION
         EQUATION
     82C        9C      3C
  D 7TT2   -  V
                9x   ~  9t
 Dispersive   Advective    Change in
   Term       Term      Mass per
                        Unit Time

                       CDP-1 -  6
 DISPERSION COEFFICIENT
            =  Dd  * Dm
               t       \
Dispersion    Moleculuar   Mechanical
Coefficient    Diffusion     Diffusion
            Coefficient   Coefficient
                           CDP-1 - 1
 MECHANICAL DISPERSION COEFFICIENT
           Dm =av
                 A
   Mechanical    Disperslvlty   Groundwater
   Dispersion     Parameter    Velocity
   Coefficient
                          CDP-1 - B

-------
 MECHANICAL DISPERSION
B

   After Cillhaoi and Cherry (198Z).
                              CDP-1 - 9

-------
 MOLECULAR DIFFUSION COEFFICIENT
   Molecular
   Diffusion
   Coefficient
                   •  «v
            Free Solution
            Diffusion
            Coefficient
                               Tortuosity
                               Factor
                                            CDP-l  -10
10'
10'
10
 10
i  r i i NIII  r i i i inn  i  i i i inn  i  i
DL = Longitudingal Dispersion Coefficient
Do" Molecular Diffusion Coefficient
v -Solute Velocity
d • Average Grain Diameter
                    TRANSITION ZONE
                                         ADVECTION
                                         DOMINATED
       DIFFUSION
       DOMINATED
          DOT
       till i nil
                                   Dt-OtV
                  DL
            1111111  i  i 11 mi  i  t ii Inn   i i M mi
10
-3
             10
               -2
                -1
              10       10
                vd/D0
                                 10'
10'
            Perklni niul Julmiitun,
                                                 CDP-l -11

-------
          BREAKTHROUGH CURVE
     1



  o 0.8
  i—i
W H

£S 0.6
w H  0.4



  o  0.2
  u
     0  -
                              DISPERSION
                   TIME
                                 CDP-l -12
     CONCENTRATION DISTRIBUTION
    i



o 0.8
i— i
H

  0.6
o 0.2
o
    0 -
          X
               DISTANCE
PLUG

FLOW
 ADVECTION
                                  CDP-l -1

-------
 ADVECTION AND DISPERSION

  OF A CONTAMINANT SLUG
«
w
H
<

^^ i—\
QO O
^r1
pfe
o
K
CJ
   t = t
    t = t
                t = t
    X = Xr
    X = Xi
                X =
                            CDP-1 -14
 ADVECTION-DISPERSION


       EQUATION
9
 X
    to.
8 C
         J
   Dispersive


     Term
          j )
         v
       8x.
         V*J
                 8t
      Advective  Change in

        Term  Nfass per


             Unit Time
v
         = I (v,
                      CDP-1 -15

-------
     10'
     10
D.
     10"
I  t f I I till    I  I  I I HIM   I  III! III!   I  I I I I Illl
DT- Transverse Dispersion Coefficient
Do- Molecular Diffusion Coefficient
v - Solute Velocity
d "Average Grain Diameter
                            TRANSITION ZONE
               DIFFUSION
               DOMINATED
            -  Dra
     10
        -1
                                         ADVECTION
                                         DOMINATED
               I  I I I illH
                                          DT= fl TV
          10
             -1
        10
10
10'
10
                                                                     i mi
10
                 After Parkin* «nd Johnnton (1963).
                                                                      CDP-1  -16

-------
   HYPOTHETICAL CONTAMINANT PLUME

 WITH A LARGE TRANSVERSE DISPERSIVITY
          WASTE
cc
in



I
o
a.
o
     ~
         After Frind «nd P«ln«r (1980).
CDP-1 -17
   HYPOTHETICAL CONTAMINANT PLUME

 WITH A SMALL TRANSVERSE DISPERSIVITY
           WASTE
 a.
 u


 N
 i "-
 o
 tc
 o
                                  CDP-1 -18

-------
DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THEORY




AND EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS FROM




LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS ARE THE




RESULT OF:



  • Immobile Zones of Water



  • Solution-Solid Interface Processes




  • Anion Exclusion




  • Diffusion in or out of Aggregates
                           CDP-l -19

-------
     LONGITUDINAL DISPERSITY VALUES
LABORATORY TESTS


NATURAL GRADIENT

TRACER TESTS


SINGLE WELL TESTS


RADIAL AND
TWO-WELL TESTS


MODEL CALIBRATION

TO CONTAMINANT
PLUMES
                        0.0001 to 0.01 M



                        0.01 to 2m


                        0.03 to 0.3 m



                        0.5 to  15m
                       3 to 61 m
           After Clllhu and Cherry (1982).
                                           CDP-1 -20
         0.10
VI
C£O.OS
Cd
Ou
W
         0.00
           J~
                    Longitudinal Dliperslvity
                    From Sudlcky et «l. (1983)
               i    4    i ' ' a   10   T
               DISTANCE FROM SOURCE (m)
                                   COP-1 -21
         o.so
                   Longitudinal Dliprmivlly
                   Vrom Fri-yburj (I01"1)
         °-000  io	Jb	3<5	45	5i	t'i	ViJ	»b	5'
              DISTANCE  FROM SOURCE (m)
                                     CDP-1 -22

-------
C0_,




..


-_
-:
z
"











-


i













:











:
I

-
:









-.-

:



Kl
Kg
KG
K4


Ks

i
-
=

:






      iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiTuriiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
                    DISTANCE
         After Glllham and Cherry (1982).
        STATISTICAL INFORMATION

         THAT CAN BE OBTAINED
         o
         z
         LLi
         3
         O
         HI
         DC
              HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY
         .,.
LU
OC
DC
O
O
c
          0
          'u
                   LAG DISTANCE
                                            CDP-1 -23
                                      CDP-1 -24

-------
      ASYMPTOTIC
     DISPERSIVITY
        TENSOR
     0.61 m
0
             0
        0
0
      BORDEN AQUIFER
       SUDICKY (1986)
                    CDP-l -25
TRANSPORT CONCEPTS
 Homogeneous Media

 Heterogeneous Advection
 Advection-Dif fusion
                        CDP-l -26

-------
               DISPERSION
         AVERAGE GROUNDWATER

             FLOW DIRECTION
13
a.
LU
O
<
oc
I-
     v
         -"j

HIGHER
PERMEABILITY
LAYERS
         AVERAGE GROUNDWATER
             FLOW DIRECTION
      HIGHER PERMEABILTIY LENSES
                                               CDP-l -27

-------
         3
         c
         j
         11

         B
         111
         -

         c

         EC

         C
ADVECTION IN HIGH K LAYERS
                                   ADVECTION IN HIGH K LAYERS
                   Alter Gillhan et al.  (1984).
                                                                    CDP-1 -28
GROUNDWATER
    FLOW
                                          (S,LT

                                           SAND
                                           SILT:
                                       GROUNDWATER

                                          maamamm



                                           FLOW
                                                                                CDP-1  -29

-------
            BREAKTHROUGH CURVES
   SHOWING EFFECT OF TRANSVERSE DIFFUSION
o
O    r        /^	ADVECTION-DISPERSION
                  ADVECTION-DIFFUSION
EC
Ho,
LU
O
Z
o
o
                         TRAVEL DISTANCE • 1.0 m
                         SAND THICKNESS > 0.03 m
                         GROUNOWATER VELOCITY • 0.10 m/d»y
                         OISPERSIVITV • 0.001 m
                         DIFFUSION COEFFICIENT • 1.2 X 10"m*/3
  0       10      20      30       40       50
                 TIME (DAYS)
                                        CDP-l -30
FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO  THE
  SPREADING  OF  CONTAMINANTS

 • Diverging Flow Lines
 • Three Dimensional  Flow
 • Variable Source Function
 » Temporal Variations in Watertable
 n Heterogeneity
                                       CDP-l -31

-------
  DENSITY COMPONENT OF  FLOW
   t           t       \    \      1
Velocity    Vertical     Density Back-  Porosity
Component Hydraulic          Ground
Due to     Conductiviity       Density
Gravity
                                   CDP-l -32
    EFFECT  OF  DENSITY
    DENSITY OF UNCONTAMINATEI) WATER = J.OOO
    NATURAL HOIZONTAL GRADIENT = 0.005
    NATURAL VERTICAL GRADIENT =  0.000
   vh
   vr
DENSITY = 1.000  DENSITY = 1.005   DENSITY = 1.005

                  = 3      VKv = 5
                                    CDP-l -33

-------
DENSITY DEPENDENT TRANSPORT
        AND MONITORING
   WASTE
                        MONITORING
                         WELL
        LOW DENSITY LEACHATE
   WASTE
           UNSATURATED
                        MONITORING
                          WELL
             HIGH DENSITY LEACHATE
                                       CDP-1 -34

-------
ADVECTION-DISPERSION
       EQUATION
  WITH RETARDATION
     2
 Dae    v ac      ac
  R 3x^    R 9x      9t
 Dispersive   Advective   Change in
  Term      Term    Mass per
                  Unit Time
  R = RETARDATION FACTOR
                        CDP-l -35

-------
   1.00
o
w
  0.50
P-J
w
R = 1  /   R = 2
           R = 4
                              TIME
                                                      CDP-l -16
           RETARDATION AND MONITORING
                     1.2.3    1*2
            WASTE    DETECTED  DETECTED
               R - 5
                      R- 3
                             R « 2
    AQUIFER
 1 ONLY
DETECTED
                                              R« 1
   ', AQUITARD ,
   '/////////////'////s
                                                       CDP-l -37

-------
IMPORTANCE OF THE UNSATURATED ZONE

  • Increases overall length of flow path

  • Can have greater sorption capacity than  saturated
    zone and can thus act as a source of
    contamination even after site surface is cleaned

  • Can be an zone of significant biodegradation

  • Can be a source of metal ions

  • It is a pathway for the transport of gases and
    volatile organics

                                            CDP-l -38


               UNSATURATED FLOW
          38
          fjr = Specific Water Capacity
   6 = Volumetric Water Content

   $ = Soil Water Pressure Head

        = Hydraulic Conductivity
                                         CDP-l -39

-------
CHARACTERISTIC  CURVE
              Air Entry Value

                   i
    MAIN
    DRAINAGE
    CURVE
                      TENSION .
                   •^ SATURATION
 Residual

 Water

 Content
MAIN
WETTING

CURVE
                               w
        O
        o
                               W
                               H
                               <:


                               O
                               I-}
                               O
           PRESSURE HEAD
                                 CDP-l -40

-------
      HYSTERESIS
Refers to the observation that the
soil water pressure head is not a unique
function of volumetric water content but
depends on the moisture history of the
soil.
                             CDP-l -41
CHARACTERISTIC CURVE
    SCAN LINES
                     ^- TENSION .
                       SATURATION
    MAIN
    DRAINAGE
    CURVE
Residual
Water
Content
MAIN
WETTING
CURVE
         f-
         2
         u
         H
         2
         O
         u
         OJ
O
t-^
Od
H
           PRESSURE HEAD
                                CDP-l -42

-------
  10
    -1
s
o
E-
H— «

£
CJ
D
Q
O
  10
 OS
   10,
    0.10
               I '
               I '	L
                   I  • I I  ' I '  I I	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1
0.15    0.20    0.25    0.30    0.35    0.40
 VOLUMETRIC  WATER  CONTENT
                                                  CDP-l -43

-------
UNSATURATED ZONE TRANSPORT EQUATION
           - «•*]-
 6 = Volumetric Water Content




 c = Solute Concentration




 D = Dispersion Coefficient




 q = Volumetric Water Flux




                               CDP-l -44
UNSATURATED ZONE DISPERSION COEFFICIENT
            D = DOT + av(8)







  D = Dispersion Coefficient



  D0 = Free  Solution Diffusion Coefficient




  T = Tortuosity Factor



  a «= Dispersivity



  v(8)  - q/8 = solute velocity



  6 = Volumetric Water  Content
                                       CDP-l -45

-------
            VAPOR TRANSPORT
                 VAPOR
                MONITORING
                WELL "A"
 VAPOR
MONITORING
 WELL "B"
c.
u
a
                •
 CONCENTRATION
             VAPOR TRANSPORT
                IMPERMEABLE
                BOUNDARY
                               VAPOR
                              MONITORING
                              WELL "B"
 a
 UJ
 o
  CONCENTRATION
                                             CDP-l -46
                                                CDP-1 -47

-------
FACTORS AFFECTING
 VAPOR TRANSPORT
Diffusion
Advection
Density
Cultural Features
Partitioning into Soil Water
Thermal Effects
Chemical Reactions
                           COP-l -48

-------
      TRANSPORT OF GASES
SOIL CONTAINING _
ORGANIC MATTER
                                CO,
I     t
  BEDROCK CONTAINING
  SULPHIDE MINERALS
SOIL CONTAINING
ORGANIC MATTER  ^
  BEDROCK CONTAINING
 •:':• SULPHIDE MINERALS
                                       CDP-l -49

-------
      TRANSPORT OF GASES
SOIL CONTAINING
ORGANIC MATTER  ^
  02    C02
  I     t
  BEDROCK CONTAINING
  SULPHIDE MINERALS
SOIL CONTAINING _
ORGANIC MATTER  ^
••

\
  BEDROCK CONTAINING
  SULPHIDE MINERALS
                                      CDP-l -50

-------
 TRANSPORT PROCESSES  IN


FRACTURED GEOLOGIC MEDIA


       • Advection

       • Diffusion

       • Dispersion
                          CDP-l -51
  FRACTURED POROUS ROCK
                  Diffusion
                  into Roe
                  Matrix
                      *
            Fracture Flow
   t  t  t
   Diffusion
   into Rock
   Matrix
/t  t t t
                           CDP-l -S3

-------
 DISPERSION  PROCESSES IN
FRACTURED GEOLOGIC MEDIA
  • Velocity Distributions
  • Mixing at Fracture Intersections
  • Variation  in Aperature Width along Stream
   Line
  • Distribution in Aperature Width across Flow
   Path
  • Diffusion
                                  CDP-l -53

-------
      MODELS FOR TRANSPORT IN
           FRACTURED ROCK

       • CONTINUUM MODELS
          - Single Porosity
          - Double Porosity
       • DISCREET FRACTURE MODELS
          — Deterministic
          — Stochastic
       • HYBRID MODELS

       • CHANNEL MODELS
                                CDP-l -54
b
B-
    JL
A -I -4 I
          A i i j i j
                                 Porous
                                 Matrix
                                   'A
          Fracture Flow
1 1 1 ttttttttttttttttt
                         Porous
                         Matrix
M M M
                 M
                               M M M
                  Fracture Flow
       MM*  1111 rm 1111111
                                 Porous
                                 Matrix
                                  CDP-l -55

-------
       CUBIC LAW
    FRACTURE:
      = (2b)3pg/(12/0
    EQUIVALENT POROUS MEDIA

      = (2b)3pgN/(12B/0
    N = number of fractures over B
    K = hydraulic conductivity
    B = thickness of formation
    b = half-width of fracture
    /i= fluid viscosity
    p= fluid density
                         CDP-l -56
EQUIVALENT POROUS MEDIA
           VEPM= YRf
            Rf = 1 + nB/b
                          CDP-l -57

-------
FRACTURE NETWORKS BEHAVE
    LIKE CONTINUA WHEN:


  • FRACTURE DENSITY IS
    INCREASED

  • APERTURES ARE CONSTANT
    RATHER THAN DISTRIBUTED

  • ORIENTATIONS ARE DISTRIBUTED
    RATHER THAN CONSTANT

  • LARGER SAMPLE SIZES ARE
    TESTED
        (J.LONG, 1982)
                           CDP-l -58

-------
       DIFFUSION

Pick's  Law:
                    9C
         J, = -nD,
          d        o
                     82C
         8t
                     CDP-1 -59


      IMPORTANCE  OF

    MOLECULAR DIFFUSION
     Heterogeneous Porous Media

     Fractured Media

     Vapor Phase Transport

     Low Permeability Formations

     Barriers and Liners

     Residual NAPLs

                      CDP-1 -60

-------
                    DOES DETECTION OF
                    CONTAMINANTS INDICATE
                    "FAILURE" OF LINER?
                    MONITORING,
                      WELL
MOLECULAR DIFFUSION
                                         CDP-l -61

-------
 NON-AQUEOUS PHASE
        LIQUIDS
        (NAPLs)

• Light NAPLs (LNAPLs)

• Dense NAPLs (DNAPLs)
        LNAPLs

 Gasoline

 Heating Oil

 Kerosene

 Jet Fuel

 Aviation Gas

-------
LNAPLs
                   PRODUCT SOURCE
                      I  tl  tt
       PRODUCT
       ENTERING
       SUBSURFACE
                                           TOP OF
                                           CAPILLARY
                                           FRINGE
                                          VATERTABLE
CROUNDWATER
   KLOff
                                          CROUNDWATER
                                            FLOW
                                                 CDP-1 -64
LNAPLs
                    PRODUCT SOURCE
                      HtH
                                       PRODUCT
                                       ENTERING
                                       SUBSURFACE
                                          WATERTADLE
GROUNDffATER
   FLOff
                                          GROUNDWATER
                                             FLOW
                                                  CDP-1 -65

-------
LNAPLs
                     PRODUCT
                     SOURCE
                     INACTIVE
                                    PRODUCT
                                    AT RESIDUAL
                                    SATURATION
TOP or
CAPILLARY
FRINGE

-v.A
IROUNDKATEn
           PRODUCT
           AT RESIDUAL
           SATURATION
   FLOW
                                                       CDP-1 -66

-------
     DNAPLs
  1,1,1  - Trichloroethane

  Carbon Tetrachloride

  Pentachlorophenols

  Dichlorobenzes

  Tetrachloroetlrylene

  Creosote
     DNAPLs
    Identified at
     4 of  top 5
         and
    10 of  top 20
Hazardous Waste Sites
  (Plumb and Pitchford, 1985)
                       CDP-l -67
                       CDP-1 -68

-------
       DNAPLs
MAGNITUDE OF PROBLEM

  7 L (10 kg) of TCE can
   contaminate 108 L of
 groundwater at 100 pbb
                      COP-l -69
        DNAPLs
 MOBILITY CAN BE GREAT

      • Low Solubility

      » High Density

      » Low Viscosity
                      CDP-l -70

-------
       DNAPLs
    PRIMARY FACTORS
THAT CONTROL MIGRATION
    » Type of Solvent
    B Volume Released
    • Rate of Release
    • Area of Infiltration
                       CDP-l -71

-------
      RELATIVE PERMEABILITY
             k  = k(S „ __Q
              r      v  n"  s
              = relative permeability


              = permeability at Sn

              = NAPL saturation

              = permeability at

               100% saturation
                                    CDP-l -72
         NAPL  SATURATION

    100%                   Q   o
   1.0
m
<:
w
^
«
w
cu

w
£
E-
   0.0
 NAPL
Residual

NAPL

Saturation
 Irreducible

- Water

 Saturation-
     0          Srw           100%


        WATER SATURATION
                                         CDP-1 -73

-------
             DNAPLs
         DNAPLs will  not

     be Mobile  when DNAPL

      content is  less  than

    the Residual  Saturation
                                CDP-l -74
Natural
Groundwater
Flux Rate =
10 cm/day

Effective
Groundwater
Flux Rate =
1.7 cm/day
            o
Groundwater
Saturated
with TCE
I-*- 1
         Residual Satxiration = 20%
         Porosity = 0.35
         Volume of TCE = 0.07 cubic meters
         Mass of TCE = 103 kg
         Solubility of TCE = 1100 mg/1
  TIME REQUIRED
  TO REMOVE TCE
  BY DISSOLUTION
    =  15.4 YEARS/m
                                       CDP-l -75

-------
 DNAPLs
        RESIDUAL
TOP OF
CAPILLARY
FRINGE  J
WATERTABLE
   GROUND-
   WATER FLOW
                      DNAPL SOURCE
                      tllT+T
                                      DENSE VAPORS
   GROUND-
   WATER FLOW
                   LOWER
                   PERMEABILITY
                   STRATA
DISSOLVED
CHEMICAL
PLUME
            After Feenstra and Cherry, (1987).
 DNAPLs
                                                   CDP-1 -76
                      DNAPL SOURCE
                      t+tt+t
TOP OF
CAPILLARY
FRINGE -
                                        DISSOLVE!
                                        CHEMICAL
                                        PLUME
GROUND-
WATER FLOW
              LOWER
              PERMEABILITY
              STRATA
                x
           After Fccuatra and Cliorry (1987).
                                                CDP-1 -77

-------
 DNAPLs
                       DNAPL SOURCE
        RESIDUAL DNAPL
TOP OF
CAPILLARY
FRINGE  .^_

WATERTADLE
                                        '"DISSOLVED
                                         i CHEMIGAI*!!
                                       '•••'•• PLUMED
               LOWER
               PERMEABILITY
               STRATA
                                                   CDP-l -78
            After Feenstra and Cherry (1987).

-------
 TRANSPORT AND FATE
 PHYSICAL PROCESSES
      Session 2
     Carl D. Palmer
(Oregon Graduate Center)
                       CDP-2 - 1

-------
  PARTICLE TRANSPORT
THROUGH POROUS MEDIA
A potential mechanism for the
rapid movement of contaminants
in the subsurface.
 "Facilitated Transport"
                         CDP-2 - 2
  TYPES  OF PARTICLES


  Bacteria  and Viruses

  Natural Organic Matter

  Inorganic Precipitates

  Asbestos  Fibers

  Clay
                        CDP-2 - 3

-------
FILTRATION MECHANISMS



 • Surface Filtration


 • Straining


 • Physical-Chemical
    FILTRATION MECHANISMS
                o	-
     SURFACE   gOgOgOgO

     FILTRATION O0O°O°O0

              gogogogo
               o
                o
                  o o


                  <> « '
     STRAINING
              qgogqgqg
              Sogogogo
     PHYSICAL-
                            CDP-2 - 4
                        CDP-2 - 5
        After HcOowell-Boyer et «1. (1986).

-------
 MECHANISMS  CONTROLLING  THE
TRANSPORT  OF MICROORGANISMS

            • Straining
            • Adsorption
            • Sedimentation
            • Interception
            • Diffusion
            • Chemotaxis
            • Die-Off
            • Growth
                                CDP-2 - 6
      LABORATORY METHODS

       • Grain-Size Analysis
       » Permeameter
       • Consolidation Tests
       • Triaxial Cells
       • Porosity
       • Bulk Density
       • Water Content
       • Mineralogy
                            CDP-2 - 7

-------
 GRAIN-SIZE  ANALYSIS
       1.  METHODS


  Seive

  Hydrometer

  Settling Tube

  Light Scattering Techniques
                       CDP-2 - 8
GRAIN-SIZE ANALYSIS



      2. RESULTS

• Estimate of Local Hydraulic
 Conductivity

   - Masch and Denny (1966)

   - Hazen

   - Grain-Size/Porosity Methods

• Estimate Proper Monitoring Well
 Slot-Size
                        COP-2 - 9

-------
PERMEAMETER TESTS

     1. METHODS
• Steady Flow
• Transient Flow

       2. Results
• Hydraulic Conductivity
                      CDP-2 -10

-------
 TRIAXIAL CELL TESTS
CONSOLIDATION TESTS
       RESULTS

 • Hydraulic Conductivity

 • Specific Storage

 • Coefficient of Compressibility
    SOILS  TESTS
   Porosity

   Bulk Density

   Water Content
                     CDP-J -12
  FIELD  METHODS

Slug Tests

Aquifer Tests

Interference Pumping Tests

Time-Series Sampling Tests

Borehole Dilution

Seepage Meters

Fracture Mapping

Geophysical Techniques

Tracer  Tests
                        CDP-2 -13

-------
      SLUG TESTS
         TYPES





 Falling Head Test



 Rising Head Test



 Bail Test



 Pressure/Packer Test
                      CDP-2 -14
      SLUG  TESTS
METHODS OF ANALYSIS





• Hvorslev (1961)



• Bouwer and Rice (1976)



• Cooper et al. (1967)



• Nguyen and Pinder (1984)
                       CDP-2 -15

-------
             Ground Surface    |«c|
                                   H
                           KH
        Palmer and Paul  (1987).
                                                    CDP-2 -16
O.8
0.8
0.7

0.6


2"
1 0.4
5.
2
i °"'
£
OJt



0.1(
p
A
•
\
* •
\
^
; \y.=.

-T0-0^7-^<




t=K


3T
*^
\
\
\.
Omln. »
\
A ,
•100 2OO ''^
Time fmirO
                                                       CDP-2 -17
Palmer and Paul (1987).

-------
     Cooper et al. (1967)
         Type Curves
 °-9o
                  Tt/r-
10'
                                   CDP-2 -18
          SLUG  TESTS
POTENTIAL SOURCES OF  ERROR
 • Bridging of Seals
 • Leaky Joints
 • Formation of Low Permeability Skin
 • Entrapped Air
 • Presence of Fractures
 • Stress Release Around Borehole
 « Partial Penetration of IVell
 • Anisotropy of Formation
 « Varying Regional Piezometric Surface
 • Boundary Conditions
 • Sand Pack Effects
 • Uncertainty in Initial Head
 • Radius of Influence of Test
 • Thermal Expansion
                                  CDP-2 -19

-------
L-V
i   «-
r
               t/io/«R*i"
                           wen 2-1

                           Bail Test * 1

                           Starling Dale: 9/4/66
                              T9 s31.BOOn«n.
                    Time (nwl.)
    Palmer and Paul  (1987).
                               CDP-2  -20
                                   We» 1-2
                            Tim* (mm.)
             Palmer nnd Paul  (1987).
                                               CDP-2  -21

-------
   1.0
T1
HH
   0.8
    .


£

(Q0.4
LOG  K (fm)  =  8
        EFFECT OF
        LOW  K SKIN
                                  LOG

                                  SKIN
                           K(SKIN)  = -10

                            THICK. = 0.0251  m
            10
          10"      1        10
           TIME  (DAYS)
    From Palmer and Paul (1987).
                                 10'



                                  CDP-2  -22
                                 LOG K(SKIN)  s -10

                                 SKIN THICK. •= 0.0251 M
                                       EFFECT OF
                                       LOW  K SKIN
  '0.0
  10.o
  _ _        J —I- * III
  20.0       30.0
TIME (DAYS)
                                          40.0
                                         50.0
    Palmer and Paul (1987).
                                                       CDP-2  -23

-------
GEOMETRC MEAN OF TRIAXIAL RESULTS
    FOR SrTE 1 AND 2 = -7.68
          (std. dev. 0.13)
  ^ SfTE 1 HYDRAULIC CONDUCUVfTY

£2 srre 2 HYDRAULIC coNoucrivrTY

lil TRIAXIAL RESULTS FOR
        SITES 1 AND 2
     -8.0
                                                          -6.0
       From Paul  (1987).
                                                             CDP-2 -24

-------
 AQUIFER  TESTS
   PARAMETERS
   DETERMINED

Hydraulic Conductivity
Specific Storage
Leakance
Anisotropy
Boundaries
Aquitard Diffusivity
                   CDP-2 -25
 AQUIFER TESTS
  TYPES OF TESTS

 Constant Rate

 Constant Head
 Variable Rate
                  CDP-2 -26

-------
AQUIFER TESTS

 TYPES OF FLOW
    EQUATIONS

Steady-State Flow
Non-Steady State Flow
                 COP-2 -27
  AQUIFER TESTS
TYPES OF AQUIFERS

Confined

Un confined

Semi-Confined (Leaky)

Semi—Unconfined
                  CDP-2 -28

-------
          AQUIFER TESTS IN

          FRACTURED ROCK





       SINGLE POROSITY


         - Same Methods as used for porous media

         - Anlsotropy will be Important

              Weeks (1969)

              Way and McKee (1982)


       DOUBLE POROSITY


         - Barenblatt(1960)

         — Boulton and Streltsova (1977)
                                   CDP-2 -29
   DIFFERENTIATING DOUBLE POROSITY MEDIA

         FROM SINGLE POROSITY MEDIA

               (AFTER GR1NGARTEN, 1984)
W
£2
                   LOG (t)
                                       CDP-2 -30

-------
TIME  SERIES  SAMPLING
  Can be used in evaluation
  of source of contamination.
                                  CDP-2 -31
   VMftTER TUBIE
     *
  WATER TABLE

                              CDP-2 -32
 Keely, J.F., 1982.  Chemical Time-Series Sampling.
 Ground Water Monitoring Review, Fall, 1982, p. 29-38.

-------
                 I. SLOW DECLINE. CONSTANT
             TIME OR VOLUME PUMPED
   II. RAPD DECLINE. CONSTANT
 TIME Oft VOLUME PUMPED
           ni.  SLOW DECLNE, TRANSIENT
             TIME OR VOLUME PUMPED
IV. RAPC DECUNE. TRANSIENT
TIME OR VOLUME PUMPED
             V. SLOW INCREASE, CONSTANT
            TIME OR VOLUME PUMPED
    VI.  RAPID NCREASE.CON5TANT
    TME OR VOLUME PUMPED
           VII. SLOW NCREASE. TRANSCNT
           TME OR VOLUME PUMPED
Via. RAPID INCREASE. TRANSIENT
                                              TME OR VOLUME PUMPED
From:   Keely, J.F.,  1982.   Chemical Time-Series  Sampling.
        Ground Water  Monitoring Review,  Fall,  1982, p.29-38.
                                                                      CDP-2 -33

-------
  BOREHOLE  DILUTION
PARAMETERS  OBTAINED



Magnitude of Groundwater Flux

Direction of Groundwater Flow
                             CDP-2 -34
    flow-through
    conductance
      •lectrod*
                 totclllc
                 conouctinc*
             'w«ll "tctxn
                      FLOWUNC

                    WATCH TABLE
                           CDP-2 -35
   From: McLlnn, 1987.

-------
         BOREHOLE  DILUTION
 where



 c1 = background concentration

 c0 =  concentration in injected slug

 A = cross-sectional area  of borehole

 W = volume in borehole  section

 q = groundwater flux
                                    CDP-2 -36
o
E—

02
E-
2

O

o
u
  10 "i_
    0.0
   EXPERIMENT  SBDD.001
   q (calc.)  = 5.9  cm/s
   q (meas.)  =  5,7 cm/s
      206.0' '
TIME (MINUTES)
400.0
                                       CDP-2 -37

-------
BOREHOLE  DILUTION


 TYPES OF DEVICES


Radioisotope Devices

Specific Ion Electrode
Devices

Specific Conductance
Devices

Thermal Devices

Resistivity Devices
                     CDP-2 -38

-------
  Seepage Meter
T
         Mini-piezometer
              r
Plastic Bag


              Sediment
                      CDP-2 -J9

-------
       FRACTURE
        MAPPING
    Orientation

    Aperature

    Spacing
                    CDP-2 -40
GEOPHYSICAL  METHODS
 SURFACE TECHNIQUES

• Gravity Survey

• Infrared Imagery

• Ground Penetrating Radar

• Induced Electrical Polarization

• Resistivity

• Metal Detection

• Magnetometer

• Reflection Seismics

» Electromagnetic Surveys
                        CDP-2 -41

-------
GEOPHYSICAL METHODS

 BOREHOLE METHODS
• Geothermetry
• Electrical
• Acoustic
• Nuclear
                  CDP-2 -42

-------
GEOPHYSICAL  METHODS






 BOREHOLE  METHODS




• Electrical



   - Resistance



   - Normal



   - Lateral



   - Induction



   - Self Potential



   - Sidewall



   - Induced Polarization
                       CDP-2 -43
 GEOPHYSICAL METHODS








  BOREHOLE METHODS




 • Nuclear



   - Natural Gamma



   - Gamma-Gamma



   - Neutron



   - Spectronic Gamma
                         CDP-2 -44

-------
   TRACER TESTS
INFORMATION GAINED
 Dispersion



 Heterogeneity




 Porosity
                       CDP-2 -45
    TRACER TESTS
   TYPE OF TESTS
 Natural Gradient
 Forced Gradient
  - Single Well Tests




  - Two-Well Tests
 Push-Pull
                        CDP-2 -46

-------
IMPROVED UNDERSTANDING OF
THE  FATE AND TRANSPORT OF
CONTAMINANTS IN
HYDROGEOLOGIC SYSTEMS WILL
REQUIRE  BETTER
CHARACTERIZATION OF THE
PHYSICAL NATURE OF THE
SUBSURFACE

 • Three-Dimensional Monitoring

 • Hydraulic Tests

 • Tracer  Tests

 • Use of  Geophysical Tools
                         CDP-2 -47

-------
RESEARCH  FRONTIERS
   Spatial Variability



   Chemical/Physical Interactions



   Multiphase Transport



   Multicomponent Transport



   Tool Development



   Particle Transport



   Transport in Fractured Rock



   Source Identification



   Modelling Techniques



   Aquifer Remediation
                           CDP-2 -48

-------
                            SELECTED REFERENCES
 Boulton,  N.S.  and T.D.  Streltsova,  1977.   Unsteady flow to a Pumped Well in
 a Fissured Water Bearing  Formation,  Journal of Hydrology, V.  35,  pp.  257-
 270.

 Freeze,  R.A.  and  J.A.  Cherry,  1979.    Groundwater,   Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,
 Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,  604 p.

 Freyberg,  D.L.,  1986.   A Natural Gradietn Experiment on Solute Transport in
 a Sand  Aquifer,  2,  Spatial  Moments  and the  Advection  and  Dispersion  of
 Nonreactive Tracers, Water Resources Research, V. 22, No.  13,  p. 2031-2046.

 Frind,   E.G.   and  C.D.   Palmer,  1980.     Parametric   Study   of  Potential
 Contaminant Trnasport at the Proposed DELMARVA Power and Light Company Plant
 Site, Vienna,  Maryland.  Maryland Power PLant Siting Program report NHU PPSE
 8-15, 98  p.

 Frind  E.O. and G.E. Hokkanen, 1987.   Simulation of the  Borden Plume Using
 the  Alternating Direction Galerkih Technique,  Water Resources Research,  V.
 23. No.  5,p. 918-930.

 Gillhnm,  R.W.  and  J.A.  Cherry, 1982.   Contaminant Migration  in  Saturated
 Geologic  Deposits.   IN:    Recent Trends  in Hydrogeology,  T.N. Narasimhan,
 (Editor),  Geological Society of America Special Paper 189, p.  31-62.

 Gillham,   R.W.,  E.A.  Sudicky,  J.A.  Cherry,  and  E.O.  Frind,  1984.    An
 Advection-Dif fusion   Conceptfor     Solute   Tranport  in   Heterogeneous
 Unconsolidated Geological  Deposits, Water  Resources Research,  v. 20,  No.  3,
 p. 369-378.

 Gringarten,  A.C.,   1984.     Interpretation  of  tests  in   fissured   and
 roultilayered reservoirs with double porosity behavior:   theory and  practice,
 J. of Pet.  Tech.,   pp. 549-564.

 Gringarten, A.C.,  1982.    Flow-Test Evaluation  of  Fractured Reservoirs,  IN:
 Recent Trends  in Hydrogeology, T.N. Narasimhan, (Editor),  Geological Society
 of America, Special Paper  189, p. 237-263.

 Keely, J.F.,  1982.   Chemical  Time-Series  Sampling, Ground  Water Monitoring
 Review, Fall,  1982, p. 29-38.

 Long, J.C.S.,  J.S.  Remer,  C.R. Wilson, and  P.A. Witherspoon,  1982.   Porous
Media Equivalents  for  Networks  of Discontinuous Fractures, Water  Resources
 Research. V. 18, No. 3, pp. 645-658.

Molz, F.J., 0. Guven,  J.G. Melville,  and  J.F.Keely, q986.  Performance  and
Analysis  of Aquifer Tracer Tests with Implications fof Contaminat  Transport
Modeling,  U.S. E.P.A.  Research and Development Report 600/2-86/062,  88p.

 Palmer, C.D. and D.G. Paul, Problems in the Interpretation of  Slug  Test Data
 from  Fine-Grained   Glacial   Tills,     Focus  Conference  on  Norhtwester
Groundwater Issurs, PortIan,  Oregon,May 5-7,  1987,  p.  99-123.

-------
Paul,   D.G.   The  Effect  of  Construction,   Installation,  and  Development
Techniques on  the Performance of  Monitoring Wells in  Fine-Grained Glacial
Tills.  M.S. Thesis, Dept. Geol. and Geophys.  Sciences, Univ.  of Wisconsin-
- Milwaukee, 230 p.

Perkins,  T.K.   and  O.C.  Johnston,  1963.     A  Review  of  diffusion  and
Dispersion in Porous Media.  Society of Petroleum Engineering Journal, V. 3,
p. 70-84.

Sudicky,  E.A.,  1986.   A  Natural  Gradient  Experiment  in  a  Sand  Aquifer:
Spatial Variability of Hydraulic conductivity and its Role in the Dispersion
Process. Water Resources Research,  V.  22, No. 13, p. 2069-2082.

Sudicky,  E.A.,   R.W.   Gillham,   and   E.G.   Frind,  1985.     Experimental
Investigation  of Solute  Transport  in  Stratified Porous  Media,  1.    The
Nonreactive Case.  Water Resources Research,  V. 21, No.  7, P. 1035-1041.

Streltsolva-Adams,  T.D.,   1978.    Well Hydraulics  in  Hertogeneous  Aquifer
Formations,   IN:   Advances  in Hydroscience,  V.T.  Chow (Editor), V.  11, p.
357-423.

Sudicky, E.A., J.A. Cherry, and  E.O. Frind,  1083.   Migraion of Contaminants
in  Groundwater  at  a  Landfill:  a case  study:    4.  A  natural-gradient
dispersion test.  Journal of Hydrology, V.  63, No. 1/2,  p. 81-108.

Way,  S.C.   and   C.R.   Mckee,  1982.     In-situ  Determination  of  Three-
Dimensional Aquifer Permeabilities, Ground Water, V. 20, p.  594-603.

Weeks,  E.P.,  1969.    Determining the  Ration  of Horizontal  to  Vertical
Permeability by Aquifer-Test Analysis,  Water Resources Research, V.  5,No. 1,
pp. 196-214.

-------
 TRANSPORT AND FATE
 CHEMICAL PROCESSES
      Session 3
   Richard L. Johnson
(Oregon Graduate Center)

-------
     MAJOR IONS
     (NATURAL)

 AXIONS       CATIONS
 chloride
 sulfate
 bicarbonate
 carbonate
sodium
calcium
magnesium
potassium
                       RU3A1-;
 RADIOISOTOPES
   (NATURAL)
     Uranium
     Radium
     Radon
238TT    226^     222
  u—'—*- Ra-*- -— Rn
 TRACE METALS
   (NATURAL)
  • Arsenic
  • Selenium
  • Lead
  • Barium
  • Cadmium
                      RIJ3AI-I

-------
   WATER QUALITY

     PARAMETERS
» TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS • pH
• SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE  • pE (Eh)
• DISSOLVED OXYGEN    • ODOR
" AKLAKINITY        • TURBIDITY
» ACIDITY          • COLOR
                   RLJ3AI-5
     MAJOR  IONS
   (Anthropogenic)
 ANIONS
 CATIONS
 Cyanide
 Nitrate
 Phosphate
Hydrogen
                      RU3A2-2
    RADIOISQTOPES
     (Anthropogenic)
         Uranium
         Cesium
         Strontium
         Ruthenium
         Tritium
                      RU3A2-3

-------
   TRACE METALS
   (ANTHROPOGENIC)
           Mercury
           Chromium
           Arsenic
           Selenium
           Lead
           Cadmium
                       RLJ3A2-4
 INORGANIC REACTIONS

SOLUBILITY/DISSOLUTION/PRECIPITATION

COMPLEXATION

ION EXCHANGE

OXIDATION/REDUCTION

RADIODECAY
                          RU3A4-I

-------
       OVERSATURAT  !D
           UNDERSATURA7 -D
                                 RLJ3A4-2
-10
           3579
              pH
                               RLJ3A4-3

-------
    -10 -
                                                     m.J3A4-4
                                      ion poirj
             Hyd'ation shell contact   Shored hydration      Ion contact type
                     type
                  OH,
             HN
                    "NH,
              monodentoia ligond


                   0
          potydentote liqond
     OH,
                                                       S,CH2
                                   .       H       H
                                                AH,
b,demon hgond

    CM,
                                            CH,

                                       polynucleor complex
Source:  Morel, 1983 (Used with peraissiun)
                  RLJ3A4-5

-------
  Mononucleir Complexes
  Addition ofligand
 Addition of prolonged ligands
                                                                        ML.
                                       a  _
                                                      [ML,]
                                                    IMLJ
 M •$- ML4£- ML, • • • -5^- ML, •

. - "A - •
                                                                       ML.
                                                   [M][HL|'
Pol)nuclear Complexes
In //.. and */!._ the subscripts n and m denote the composition of [he complex M.L. formed.
(If m •> I, the second subscript (- I) is omitted.]
                                                  IM.L.]
   Source: Morel,  1983 (Used vith permission)
                                                                    RLJ3A4-6
         S 20
          '  22

            23
                   TI9
                    f« ...
                                       pH
                                      73     BO
                                      ~l	r~T
                              . Hq(OH),
                                        10
                                     Salinity V..
         Source:  Morel, 1983  (Used vith permission)
                                                                   RLJ3A4-7

-------
   I     -          I       .          I     /"
  X	O          X	OH           X	0


   I                I                 I     \H
  Mini Coord.n»
i 
-------
  log S
                   logC
                                          RLJ3A4-9
METAL ION BINDING TO OXIDE SURFACES
    100
UJ
o
UJ
co
DC
      80

      60

      40

      20
            Fe (III)
           123456789
                      pH
Adapted froa llohl and Stum, 1976
                                        RLJ3A4-14

-------
       13
                  5     7    9     II
                       pH
                                                     KU3A4-17
 -5
-10-
       13     5     7     9     II    13
                      DH
                                              RLJ3A4-18
                     PH
                                             RLJ3A4-19

-------
 ORGANICS
 (NATURAL)
HUMICS, FULVICS
COAL, PEAT, LIGNITE
PETRO-ORGANICS
               RU3B1-1

-------
  COOH   COOH
                              HOO
                               I    (Sm)or)
                              (HC-OH1,

                              KC'O
                                                     RJ-I3B1-2
                    SOIL ORGANIC  MATTER
                  *
           HUMIC MATTER
                NONHUMIC MATTER

            UNOECOMPOSEO PLANT RESIDUES
TREAT WITH ALKALI
1
1
INSOLUBLE
(HUMIN)

\
SOLUBLE
1
TREAT WITH AGIO
1
            PRECIPITATED

             (HUMIC ACID)

                  I
         EXTRACT WITH ALCOHOL
         I
     SOLUBLE

(HYMATOMELANIC ACID)
    *          I
INSOLUBLE   SOLUBLE
                        *
                 NOT PRECIPITATED

                    (FULVIC ACID)


                  ADJUST pH TO 4.8

                        I	
INSOLUBLE

 P-HUMUS
                                                            JUJ3B1-3

-------
            ORGANICS
      (ANTHROPOGENIC)

   EPA PRIORITY POLLUTANTS

   RCRA  APPENDIX IX

   POLAR ORGANICS

   IONIZABLE ORGANICS

   EVERYTHING ELSE
                               RLJ3B2-1
POLAR AND IONIZABLE COMPOUNDS

   ALCOHOLS (ISOPROPANOL)
   ANALINES (NITROANALINES)
   ACETATES (VINYLACETATE)
   AMINES (DIPHENYLAMINE)
   THIOLS (TRICHLOROMETHANETHIOL)
   FURANS (DIBENZOFURAN)
   NITRILES (ACRYLONITRILE)
   PHENOLS (CHLORO- AND NITROPHENOLS)
   ALDEHYDES AND KETONES (ACETONE)
   ACIDS
                             RLJ3B2-4

-------
  ORGANIC  REACTIONS




  • HYDROLYSIS



  • SORPTION



  • COSOLVATION



  • IONIZATION



  • BIODEGRADATION
                     RLJ3B4-1
RX + HOH	 ROM + HX
H X
i  i
c_c __—	_ c=C + HX

       GIT
                       RLJ3B4-3

-------
                    HYDROLYSIS OF
                 1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE
           100 tj
            50
 PERCENT
REMAINING
            10
                              D
 70°C
.H-7.11
HALF-LIFE - 160 HOURS
                       50      100

                       TIME (HOURS)
              150
      Adopted Iron Ellington «t al. 1986.
                                                     RLJ3B4-9
                       dC
                          = -KC
                     In
c
C(0)
IX
= -K1
f-llfe:

C
C(0)
                                   0.5
                                t • 160 hours
              thus, K = 0.69/160
                   K =4.3x 103 hr"1
                                                    RLJ3D4-10

-------
ADVECTION-DISPERSION

        EQUATION
  WITH FIRST-ORDER DEGRADATION
        (IRREVERSIBLE)


 _  92C      9C   9C
 D  —2  -  v—  =— - KC
    3 x      3 x   31
                       RU3D4-11

-------
PYRENE
        1800
        1500
        1200
         900
         600
         300
               SLOPE
            PYRENE
                                    o
                        oo
                       PHENANTHRENE
                                       n600
                                        500
                                        400
                                        300
                                        200
                                        100
   Kp

PHENAN-

THRENE
                 i     I      i     I      T
           0.0    .005   .010  .015   .020   .025


              FRACTION ORGANIC CARBON
      Adapted from Karlckhoff, 1981
                                               RLJ3B4-12
    1200
  u.
  o

  D)
  \
  O
  3
 o
 H
 <
 cc
 h-

 ui
 o
 z
 o
 o
 D
 LU
 m
 cc
 o
     800
400 -
                 1,1,1 -TRICHLOROETH ANE
                  f


                  1,1,2,2-TETRACHLOROETHANE



                          1,2-DICHLOROETHANE
        400  800  1200  1600 2000  2400


       AQUEOUS CONCENTRATION (ug/L)
          Adapted from Chlou ec al.,1981.
                                                RLJ3B4-13

-------
ADVECTION-DISPERSION

       EQUATION

    WITH LINEAR EQUILIBRIUM
        PARTITIONING
             9C      9C
             -  = R -
     9x      9x      9t
                      RLJ3IM-14

-------
        McKay and Trudell
                1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 -
LOG OF THE FINAL AQUEOUS CONCENTRATION (PPB)
                                       RLJ3B4-1S

-------
                       ALKALI LAKE
                   2.6-DICHLOROPHENOL
                      2.3,4,5-TETRACHLOROPHENOL
                         DICHLOROPHENOXYPHENOL
                           200
                      DISTANCE (M)
                                    400
                                               RLJ3B4-16
      1
o
<
cc
H
LJJ
O
Z
O
o
UJ
UJ
DC
0.9 i
0.8
0.7-
0.6
0.5-
0.4-
0.3-
0.2-
0.1 -
 0
CHLORIDE
                         STANFORD/WATERLOO
                             TRACER TEST
    CARBON TETRACHLORIDE
                            TETRACHLOROETHYLENE
                        200
                      TIME (DAYS)
          Adapted from Roberts et »!., 1986.
                                      400
                                        BLJ3D4-17

-------
     1000
      100 x
Kp     10 -
       1   -
      0.1
                 METHANOL-WATER

                      ANTHRACENE
              .1   .2   .3    .4   .5
           FRACTION CO-SOLVENT
      Adapted fron Nkedl-Klzza et •!., 198S.
                                             HLJ3B4-18
     CL
     0-H
CL
 0,
                                         +  H"
                                       0
                                                 RLJ3B4-5

-------
                           2,4,5-
                       TRICHLOROPHENOL
               i	1	1	1      r
              6.0  6.5  7.0  7.5  8.0   8.5
                                               RLJ4D2-5
C
O
Cl-
 H
-Cl
                          —*- Wl  OC"
                                H^
                                        H
   364
    126
                                    59
                                    8.2
                                                    RLJ3B4-20

-------
0
LU
                                 CARBONTETiRACHLORIDE
                   TETRACHLOROETHYLENE
            HEXACHLOROETHANE
DICHLOROBENZEh4E
                 200    400     600
                   TIME (DAYS)
                                              RLJ3B4-19
      Adapted from Roberts et al. 1986.

-------
 LNAPLs
                     PRODUCT
                     SOURCE
                     INACTIVE
                                  PRODUCT
                                  AT RESIDUAL
                                  SATURATION
CROUNOWATER
  FLOW
          PRODUCT
          AT RESIDUAL
          SATURATION
                                    GROUND*ATER
                                      no*
LNAPLs
                         PRODUCT
                         SOURCE
                         INACTIVE
                                               R1J3D1-1
TOP OF
CAPILLARY
FRINGE
PRODUCT
AT RESIDUAL
SATURATION
   FLOW
            PRODUCT   X
            AT RESIDUAL
            SATURATION
                                              GROUNDWATKR
      n.ow
                                                RLJ3D1-2

-------
HEART OF

THE PLUME
          ANAEROBIC

          ZONE
                                AEROBIC

                                ZONE
PRISTINE

ZONE
     CHEMICAL SPECIES
                   so
     ELECTRON ACCEPTORS
     CO.
        so
                              NO.
                                                  RU3D1-B
 DO
v_^

V)

CO
o
z
<
o
CC
O
          WATERLOO "BTX" EXPERIMENT
                  CHLORIDE
kBENZENE

   TOLUENE


     O-XYLENE


      P-XYLENE

      M-XYLENE
               100        200       300


                     TIME (DAYS)
                                    400
         Adapted from Patrick and Barker, 1987.
                                                 RLJ3D1-7

-------
    leart of
   the Plume
   12-

5 10-
O)

,§  8-
(0

"5
    2-
Anaerobic
 Zone
Aerobic
 Zone
"Renovated"
    Zone
              Sulfate
    Heart of
    the Plume
 Anaerobic
  Zone
 Aerobic
 Zone
 "Renovated"
     Zone
    leart of
   the Plume
Anaerobic
 Zone
Aerobic
 Zone
"Renovated"
    Zone
       Adapted from Wilson et al., 1986.
                                                        RLJ3D1-9

-------
o
%^

o
10 -
 9 -
 8 -
 7 -
 6 -
 5 -
 4 -
 3 -
 2 -
 1 -
 0 -*•
              Fe
O
18
16
14
12
10
 8
 6
 4
 2
 0
                                                Methane
  30O
     Heart of
     th« Pluma
                Anaerobic
                 Zone
Aerobic
 Zone
"Renovated"
     Zone
            Adapted from Wilson et al. 1986.
                                                           WJ3D1-10

-------
                         LEAD
                         | = 20 MG/KG SOIL
                SOURCE
                                                                                  RLJ3D1-11
B)

                           Oxygon    Infiltration
                           diffusion
                                                                     Ground surface
                                                      Oxygen
                                                      diffusion
                               '	v>
                               \ ~ *"       I Biodegradation
                           	.\ Gasoline  I	I-	
                               \\diffuslon                    Unsaturatcd zone
                                ty
    Oxygen
    diffusion
Residual
liquid  gasoline '
                                    Gasoline
                                    diffusion
                                                                       Capillary fringe
        Liquid gasoline
                                       Dissolved gasoline
                                                                     Saturated rone
                                                                                  RLJ3D1-12

-------
              TOTAL VOLATILE HYDROCARBONS.
    n?o E~"T--,
         •r-
         T
                   PARTIAL PRESSUflE OXYGEN
     Source:  Hult et al., 1985.
                                               RLJ3D1-13
-   o»o -
                  PARTIAL PRESSURE CARBON DIOXIDE
•-  1403 •
±  1390-
   oeo -
                     METHANE, pom
     Source: Hulc ft al..  1985.
                                              RLJ3D1-14

-------
 DNAPLs
                     DNAPL SOURCE
                     ttt+tt
TOP OF
CAPILLARY
FRINGE  -
GROUND-  ,—K,,
WATER FLOW
                       DISSOLVED
                       CHEMICAL
GROUND-
WATER FLOW
LOWER
PERMEABILITY
STRATA
                                           RU3J2-3
        UNLINED CREOSOTE POND

          PRESSURE-TREATING
            FACILITY
        R
                         f
       CREOSOTE, PENTA, WATER, AND DIESEL
                                            RLJ3D3-1

-------
                        PENSACOLA BAY
                                  0     500ft
After Franks ec «!., 1984.
                                          RLJ3D3-2
                              PENSACOLA BAY
                                        SILT AND
                                      CLAY LENS
   After Bacdcckor et al. 19RS.
                                        RLJ3D3-3

-------
           CHEMICAL SPECIES
           ELECTRON ACCEPTORS
            CO.
                    so
                                         NO,
                                                             RLJ3D3-4
CO
111
_l
o
5
5
           UPGRADIENT

           CONCENTRATIONS
      0.2
     0.1  -
 0

14
             PONDS          500



                After Baedecker et al.. 1985.
                                           1000
                                                          1500
                                                                       BAY
                                                           HJ3D3-5

-------
  I-
  LU
  a.
  LLJ
  G
     15
     20
                       MMOLES/L
                         10   0
0.1
                                               0.2
               TOTAL C02
                                           HYDROGEN
         After Ba«decker ec •!., 1985.
                                                FO-J3D3-6
                                            PENSACOLA BAY



                                              NO SULFIDE
MAJOR CONTAMIATED


        ZONE
               SILT AND


             CLAY LENS
                  HIGH IRON 	*&
      Aftrr Bacdecker *t nl., 19B5.
                                                 RU3DJ-7

-------
 TRANSPORT AND FATE
 CHEMICAL PROCESSES
      Session 4
   Richard L. Johnson
(Oregon Graduate Center)

-------
   GROUNDWATER SAMPLING

     • SAMPLING USING MONITORING
      WELLS

     • SAMPLING USING CORING
      TECHNIQUES

     • SAMPLING IN THE UNSATURATED
      ZONE
                           RLMA-1
SAMPLING  USING MONITORING
             WELLS

     • WELL PLACEMENT

     • WELL DESIGN

     • WELL PURGING

     • SAMPLING AND STORAGE
                           RU4AI-1

-------
MULTI-LEVEL
  MULTIPLE
COMPLETION
NEST
         SAMPLING
          LEVELS
          PACKERS
                                        RLJ4A1-2

-------
                PURGING
    GROUT	+-
SAND PACK
WELL SCREEN
                              RLJ4A1-3
SAND PACK	+•
WELL SCREEN-
              |  PURGING
              tL
                             LOW
                              RIJ4A1-4

-------
    GROUT-
SAND PACK
WELL SCREEN-
SAMPLER
FILLING
LOCATIONS
                               RLJ4A1-5
     GROUT	*•
 SAND PACK-

 WELL SCREEN
                  SAMPLER CONTROL
                  '     LINE
                   PACKER

                   SAMPLER
                               RLMAl-fl

-------
                              1/iaifi WCH ZERO-DEAD
                              VOLUME UNION
Exaaple of a saall-diamoCer resorvoir sampler  (Johnson ec al. 1987)

-------
SAMPLING USING COR NG
       TECHNIQUES
   CORING AND SQUEEZING
   CORING AND DISPLACEMENT

   CORING AND EXTRACTION

   CORING FOR MICROBIOLOGY

   FREEZE-CORING
                        RLMA2-I

-------
                                               N2 (UP TO 750 psi )
                    ^
   "0" RING SEALS
                                                      1/2" STUD
                                                             O mL
                                                             SYRINGE
                                                           "MININERT"
                                                            VALVE
QUARTZ  FIBER FILTERS /1/16 VALCO
AND STAINLESS STEEL—7 ZERO DEAD-VOLUME
SUPPORT SCREENS       FITTING
                                                i 31/2" I
31/2 LONG #17
SYRINGE NEEDLE
                                                      RLJ4A2-2

-------
PORE-WATER  EXTRACTION
   BY  DISPLACEMENT
          IMMISCIBLE FLUID
             /
              SAMPLE
 CENTRIFUGAL FORCE
                  *
EXTRACTED
PORE WATER
        RLJ4A2-3
        Friedrlchs
        Condenser
        Soxhlet
        Extraction
        Tube
        Flask

-------
40 mL  VIAL
-	CAP


 -WATER AND
   METHANOL
                           •- SOIL
              ORGANIC SOLVENT-
                          WATER
                            SOIL-

                                       Hi
                                              RLJ4A2-5
             UPPER DBWE
             ME40 WITH LEFT
             THREADED PIN -x
            PISTON CABLE
           HARDENED DRIVE
           SHOE  N

                 "\
                                    SCHEMATIC
                                  INNER CORE BARREL
                                  '(DEDICATED)  '
                                 .OUTER CORE BARREL
       PISTON WITH RUBBER
       WASHERS 8 BRASS
      'SPACERS
             Source: Zapeco ft «!., 1987.

-------
  CORE REMOVED
  BY EXTRACTING f
    THE PIPE    '
                   COOLANT IN'
                      FROZEN GROUND
                              RLJ4A2-7
SAMPLING  IN THE UNSATURATED
               ZONE

       • SUCTION LYSIMETERS

       • PAN LYSIMETERS

       • VAPOR SAMPLING
                           R1-M/U-I

-------
           SUCTION LYSIMETER
SAMPLE
WITHDRAWL
                     POROUS CUP
                               RLJ4A3-2
A
5   ill
•«.	x    \^_-'
  6  RAINFALL
             INFILTRATION
                          PAN

-------
   GROUT
              mvw.
                     SAND
                   VAPOR SAMPLING
                       PROBES
                                 RLJ4A3-4
       SEPTUM
                —-SYRINGE
            v
GROUND SURFACE
                      TO PUMP
   SOIL  GAS
^PROBE
                                  RIJ4A3-G

-------
          TO PUMP
      v SORBENT
       CARTRIDGE
      SOIL GAS
      PROBE
                 RLJ4A3-7
TO SAMPLE
 PROBE
              RLJ4A3-0

-------
EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
        -CHEMICAL

      • LABORATORY METHODS
      • FIELD METHODS
                       RLJ-lC-1
 EXPERIMENTAL  METHODS
      -  LABORATORY

 SORPTION         • VOLATILIZATION

 DIFFUSION         • ION EXCHANGE

 HYDROLYSIS       • DIAGENESIS

 COMPLEXATION     • DEGRADATION

 DISSOLUTION/PRECIPITATION
                          RLJ4C1-!

-------
        TUMBLE
        SLOWLY
     40 mL VIAL
                            CAP
         WATER WITH
         SORBING
         COMPOUND
                        •*- SOIL
                                 RU4C1-2
    V
        -WATER IN
       WATER PLUS
       COMPOUND
 WATER PLUS
COMPOUND OUT
NON-SORBING
     w     SORBING
            I
                     VI      V2
                     VOLUME	*•
                                 RLMCl-3

-------
     f
    6cm
    lOcm
                     MININERT VALVE
STAINLESS STEEL
END CAP

TEFLON WASHER
                     GLASS BEAD

                     STAINLESS STEEL
                     SCREEN

                     GLASS FIBER FILTER
                     5cm I.D. STAINLESS
                     STEEL TUBING
                     THREADED
                     BRASS ROD
                     TEFLON WASHER

                     STAINLESS STEEL
                     END CAP
EXPERIMENTAL  METHODS

            -  FIELD
     SORPTION
     DEGRADATION
     DIFFUSION
   • OTHER REACTIONS
                             RLJ4C2-1

-------
z
o
H
LJJ
O
Z
o
o
LU

H
LU
cc
  1

0.9

0.8-

0.7-

0.6

0.5 1

0.4

0.3-

0.2-

0.1  -
      0
                CHLORIDE
      STANFORD/WATERLOO

          TRACER TEST
CARBON TETRACHLORIDE
                            TETRACHLOROETHYLENE
                         200

                      TIME (DAYS)
                       400
                                             RLJ4C2-2
            After Roberts «t «!., 1986.
                                   CARBONTE1RACHLORIDE
                       TETRACHLOROETHYLENE
                  HEXACHLOROETHANE
                 DICHLOROBENZENE
                      200    400     600

                       TIME (DAYS)
                                               RU4C2-7
              After Roberta ec al., 1986.

-------
                          WATER TABLE
            Cross-Section
    INJECTION
PUMPING WELL
n   WATER TABLE
             FFi
               Plan View
  Source Johnson, 1984.
0.20
0.18
             3 M PUMPING TRACER TEST (R.6P)
                  TIME t SEC)
                            5000   6088   7080
                                1ULJ4C2-4
        Source: Johnson, 1984.

-------
            1.INJECT      2 .WAIT    3. WITHDRAW
RLJ4C2-5
                                                                   MATRIX
         i.eo
                            PUSH-PULL.8489.F
          e.eo
                           2.CO      3.00
                          E SINCE INJECTION (H>
                                           4.00
                                                   e.oe
                   Fraction of •••«  recovered during pumping
                   vomus reildence  tine of the tracer  in the
                   ground prior to beginning of punping for thr
                   Mpo»h-pullH tents using fluorescein.
               Source: Johnson, 1984.

-------
   RESEARCH FRONTIERS
  INDICATOR COMPOUNDS   B SOLVENT/CLAY
                     INTERACTIONS

  SORPTION EXPERIMENTS   3 DIFFUSION IN CLAY
  PARTICLE TRANSPORT     D UNSATURATED ZONE
                     VAPOR MOVEMENT

    • ANALYTICAL METHODS DEVELOPMENT
                             RIJ4D-1
NDICATOR  COMPOUNDS  FOR
 COMPLIANCE MONITOR NG

   • CONSERVATIVE AND NGN-REACTIVE

   • UNIQUE TO THE WASTE MATERIALS

   • REPRESENTATIVE OE THE WASTE
     MATERIALS

-------
      COMMON INDICATOR
          COMPOUNDS

      • Chloride

      • Bromide

      • TOC

      • TOX

      • Halogenated Aliphatic
       Hydrocarbons
                        RLJ4D1-2
SORPTION EXPERIMENTS

  • K = F(SOIL/WATER)?

  • NON-SETTLING PARTICLES

  • IRREVERSIBLE SORPTION

  • SORPTION OF NON-HYDROPHOBIC
    COMPOUNDS
                         RIJ.JH2-I

-------
           2,3,4,5,6,2',5'-HEPTACHLOROBIPYENYL
               10'
      (ML/G)
               10V
                     102    103    104
                SEDIMENT CONCENTRATION
                          (MG/L)
             After Rschwend and Wu, 1985.
                                                   RLJ4D2-2
  10
       CO
       CQ  0.1
o
o
Q 0.1
         0.01
 0.01  _
               1000
o
'*~f
CO
Q
                100
   10
                         I
                    1234
                   10    10    10    10
                 SEDIMENT CONCENTRATION
                         (MG/L)
                After Cschuend and Wu, 1985.
                                  RLJ4D2-3

-------
 CL
 0-H
                      H'
                C
                        G.LT4D2 - 4
PARTICLE TRANSPORT

• MICROPARTICLES, COLLOIDS, AND
  MACROMOLECULES

• TRANSPORT OF INORGANICS

• TRANSPORT OF ORGANICS
                       MJ«D3-1

-------
     §  1-
     CD
     DC
     o
     i M-
     o
     GC
     O
       0.01
               10
100
1000
            SOLIDS CONCENTRATION
                 (MG/L)
                             RLJ4D3-2
WHEN  IS  PARTICLE TRANSPORT
 OF ORGANICS IMPORTANT?

 EXAMPLE:
   1. Mass of NSP = 100 mg/L
   2. foe  of NSP = 0.01
   3. therefore, mass  of C = 1 mg/L
   4. if Koc = 10°, then
     mass on NSP = mass in water
   5 if Koc = 105, then
     mass on NSP = mass in water
                        10
                               RLJ4D3-

-------
PRIORITY POLLUTANTS WITH
                            6
K  VALUES GREATER THAN 10
  oc
   DDE            PAHs
   DDT            TCDD
   Aroclor 1260
   Toxaphene
   hexachlorobenzene
   Dioctyl phthalate
                           RLJ4D3-4
SOLVENT/CLAY INTERACTIONS
      PERMEABILITY CHANGES
      DIFFUSION
                           RU404-1

-------
WASTE
ADVECTION AND DIFFUSION
CLAY
AQUIFER
                                  RLJ4D4-2
WASTE
                DO ORGANIC SOLVENTS CAUSE
                   THE CLAY TO SHRINK
                     AND CRACK?
      /\
CLAY
AQUIFER
                                  RLJ4D4-3

-------
DIFFUSION  IN  CLAY




i DIFFUSION THROUGH LINERS




i RETARDATION



• SOLVENT/CLAY INTERACTIONS




• STEADY-STATE DIFFUSION



i DIFFUSION THROUGH AQUITARDS
                      RLJ4D5-1
WASTE
CLAY
HIGH CONCENTRATIONS
1 DIFFUSION 1
             LOW CONCENTRATIONS
                          RLJ4D5-2

-------
      DIFFUSION
PICKS SECOND LAW:
      3C   _  „ 82C
      9t ~ ~TnDd8x2
          FUSION
       WITH SORPTION
PICKS SECOND LAW:
      _8C _ -TnL)i 82C
      81 ~  R   9 x2
                      RLJ4D5-3
                      RI.MD5-4

-------
                       0.2    04     0.6    08     1.0
          (a)  D-4xlO'6 cm2/s;  or D-2xlO"7;  or  D-?xlO-l
              T-5 years
T-100
                                  T-1.000
          (b)  D-4xlO'6 cm2/s;  or D-2xlO'7;  or  D-2xlO'8
              T-15 years          T-300         T-3.000

          (c)  D-MxlO'6 cm2/s;  or D-2xlO'7;  or  D-2xlO'8
T-25 years
T-500
                                                T-5. 000
              Source: Johnson ec al., 1987b.       RLJ 4D5-5


6
U
— • 9n
RFACE
£»
3 C
uJ
1-
z
O 60
Ul
z
1- 80
O.
UJ
Q
100
RELATIVE CONC
0,2 0.4 0.6 O.S 10
I (_-*_T — g 	 1 	 	 	 — 1- s.s-.W""'-'1'-*^1"" 1 -*~
'TOLUENE „'£'''
"1 X
Cf
V-- J'
- /T/
/i /
i
i
,
ENTRATION
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.
..I2.,o-1: 	 r"J-----------f '-= - s13-1
TRICHLOROETHENE
1.2-DICHLOROPROPANE
NAPHTHALENE
,' TOC
i 1 i i


:

20
-
40
Sotirri>:Jo1in.iiin ct al.. 1987.
                                                          RU'.D5-8

-------
WASTE
 NORMALIZED
CONCENTRATION
0         I
CLAY
AQUIFER
            0
         DIFFUSION
          STEADY-STATE
                           RLJ4D5-10
 PICK'S FIRST LAW:
,
d

      d9
                      x
                           RIJIH5-11

-------
       CONTAMINATED
       UNCONTAMINATED
                            AQUIFER 1
i  DIFFUSION AND ADVECTION {    AQUITARD
T •                            _,	,	_—-—v
                            AQUIFER 2
                                     RLJ4D5-12
SOLVENT


     ~ *r
              RESIDUAL

              SOLVENT
                                AQUIFER 1
   DIFFUSION AND ADVECTION
                                   AQUITARD
       UNCONTAMINATED
                            'AQUIFER 2
                                      RLMD5-13

-------
ANALYTCAL METHODS
    DEVELOPMENT
• ION CHROMATOGRAPHY
• IMPROVED VOLATILES ANALYSIS
• SUPERCRITICAL FLUID CHROMATOGRAPHY
• MS/MS/MS
• GC/MS/MS  	
                        RU4D6-1
UNSATURATED ZONE VAPOR
         MOVEMENT
    • "PLUME SNIFFING"
    • PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL PROCESSES
    • MICROBIOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • FLUX TO THE ATMOSPHERE
                         RU4D7-1

-------
CONG—»
                        GROUNDWATER FLOW
                                            RLJ4D7-2
               IMPERMEABLE CAP
               GROUNDWATER PLUME
                        GROUNDWATER FLOW
                                             RU-lDV-a

-------
 CONCENTRATION
                        UNSATURATED





                        CAPILLARY







                        SATURATED
                             RLJ4D7-4
CONCENTRATION
                      UNSATURATED
                      CAPILLARY
                      SATURATED
                           RIJ'in7-5

-------
                       WATERTABLE
                      FLUCTUATIONS
GROUNDWATER PLUME
        GROUNDWATER FLOW
                             RIJ4D7-6

-------
                                   REFERENCES


 Baedecker, M.J. 1985. Proceedings  of the  Second U.S.G.S. Toxic Waste Technical
     Meeting, Cape Cod, MA. October,  1985.

 Chiou, C.T., L.J. Peters and V.H.  Freed.  1981. Science, 206. 831.

 Ellington, J.J., F.E. Stancil, and W.D. Page. 1987. EPA/600/S3-86/046, 122pp.

 Gschwend. P.M. and S. Wu. 1985. Environ.  Sci. Technol. 1£, 90-96.

 Hohl and W. Stumm. 1975. J. Colloid.  Interface Sci., 55, 281.

 Hult, M.F. and R.R. Grabbe, 1985,  Proceedings of the Second U.S.G.S. Toxic
     Waste Technical Meeting, Cape Cod, MA, October, 1985.

 Johnson,  R.L. 1984. Ph.D. Dissertation, Oregon Graduate Center, Beaverton, OR.

 Johnson,  R.L.. J.F. Pankow, and J.A.  Cherry. 1987. Ground Water, 25, 448-454.

 Johnson,  R.L., J.A. Cherry, and J.F.  Pankow. 1987b. Submitted to Environ. Sci.
     and Technol.

 Karikchoff,  S.W.  1981. Chemosphere, 10, 833-846.

 Hattraw,  H.C. and Franks, B.J. 1984. U.S.G.S. Open File Report 84-466. 93pp.

 Morel,  F.M.M. 1983.  Principles of Aquatic Chemistry. Wiley-Interscience,  446pp.

 Nkedi-Kizza,  P.,  P.S.C.  Rao and A.G. Hornsby. 1985. Environ. Sci. Technol., 19,
     975-979.

 Patrick,  G.C., J.F.  Barker,  and D.  Major.  1987.  Ground Water Monitoring Review,
     Winter,  64-71.

 Roberts,  P.V., M.N.  Goltz,  and D.M. McKay. 1986.  Stanford University Civil
     Engineering Technical  Report No. 292, 113-123.

 Stumm, W.  and J.J. Morgan.  1981.  Aquatic Chemistry. Wiley-Interscience.

 Swallow,  K.A.  and  P.M. Gschwend.  1984. in "Proceedings of the Petroleum
     Hydrocarbons  and Organic Chemicals in Groundwater Conference", Houston,
     TX,  November,  1984.

Wlson, B.H.,  B.E. Bledsoe,  D.H.  Kampbell, J.T.  Wilson, J.M. Armstrong, and
     J.H.  Sammons. 1986.  in "Proceedings of the Petroleum Hydrocarbons and
     Organic  Chemicals in Groundwater Conference",  Houston, TX,  November, 1986.

Zapeco, M., S.Vales,  and  J.  Cherry. 1987.  Ground Water Monitoring Review,
     Summer,  74-82.

-------
    TRANSPORT AND FATE
    B1OTRANSFORMATION
        PROCESSES
         Session 5
       Joseph M. Suf lita
(University of Oklahoma, Norman)

-------
     THE MICROBIAL ECOLOGY GOVERNING
        POLLUTANT BIODEGRADATION  IN
    TERRESTRIAL SUBSURFACE ECOSYSTEMS
                              BY
                     Joseph M. Suflita, PhD.
            Department of Botany and Microbiology
                  The University of Oklahoma
                  Norman, Oklahoma 73019
Su m mary: The first seminar is an introduction to the historical and current
scientific perspectives regarding the microbial ecology of the terrestrial subsurface.
Careful attention is paid to hoy these perceptions evolved. Examples are given of the
diverse types of subsurface microorganisms and microbial communities and their
associated metabolic activities are emphasized. The metabolic principles that govern
pollutant biodegradation in other habitats are extrapolated to subterranian aquifers.
The limits of pollutant biodegradation in aquifers are considered in the context of the
existing environmental conditions, the physiology of the indigenous microfloraand
the chemical structure of the offending materials. Lastly, it is shovn hov these
principles might apply to abioreclamation/bioremediation approach to the clean-up
of contaminated aquifers in either an ia situ or above ground treatment process.

-------
             MICROBIBL ECBLOCV

   Microbial ecology has sometimes appeared to be the
   art of talking about what  nobody really knows
   about in a language that eoeryone pretends to
   understand

             	Francis E. Clark, USDR-RRS
The Truth About Ground Water Pollution:
Surface


Unsaturated Zone



Saturated Zone
Misconceptions:
• "Living Filter" degrades pollutants
  before ground water contamination
  occurs
• No microorganisms below surface
  soil layers
Facts:

• Pollutants do contaminate aquifers
• Microorganisms do exist in
  subsurface
 Groundwater contamination
 The environmental Issue of the  1980's

 • 50X of population depends on groundwater
 • 256* growth In demand from 1950-1980
 • 1/3 of the large public water systems have
   man-made contamination
 • 7,741 private, public and industrial wells
   have been closed or seriously affected
   by contamination

-------
 Non-point sources

   Agriculture
   Road salt
  Point sources

    Residential septic systems
    Leaking underground storage tanks
    Surface Impoundments
    Landfills
    Transportation losses
 Groundwater pollution
                     Contaminated
                     Wil»r
                     Supply
Fum«/Expk>»lon
                                       Spill Sit*
Surface
Contamlnatton
                                              .

-------
Types of groundwater pollution

Free product
  Most severe
  Limited area
  Source of soil & water contamination
Contaminated soil
  Severity is soil dependent
  Follows free product movement
  Source of water contamination & fumes
Contaminated water
  Lower concentration
  Greatest area
  High public exposure
             Total microblal number} in shallov^uifers


Norm*), OK
St.LouaPtc.ra
Ontjno.C»ft*Jj
Cwoe.TX



Picfcttt OK


C
CD pristine Q conUmiruttd




<
vittr ' 1

sanof



1123456








, )



7 «
                log number of cells / gdv or ml

-------
      Cor* Retainer      Cort Barnl
                                          AdapKr
           Hinged Teeth

FIG I  Con«| (Jcvtcc
                                     D   CD
                            Cor* Barrel    Extruding Block
                                           Hydraulic
                                           Cylinder

-------
      Total and uiable bacteria uiith depth
i
0
9

c
0
u
n
t
s
/
9
d
w
10
       D total counts
CPU

                            \

    0.2   147   387  457   592   668  777   860

                Depth (  feet)
            Eucaryotes In the subsurface
                      10   12   14  16  18   20
                    cell/gttv

-------
Questions About Subsurface
Microorganisms
•  Are they metabolically active?
•  How diverse is their metabolism?
•  What factors serve to stimulate and/or
   limit their  growth and activity?
•  Can we take advantage of their metabolism
   for aquifer remediation?
   Metabolic Processes Detected in the Subsurface and Oxygen
                     Requirements
  Metabolic                 Oxygen         Reference
  Process                  Requirement
I B10DEGRADATION OF ORGANIC POLLUTANTS    ~
  A) Petroleum Hydrocarbons      Aerobic         21.46.58.J9.60.61.S2
  B) Alkylpyridines            Aerobic/Anaerobic 63
  C) Creosote Chemicals          Aerobic/Anaerobic 26.55
  D) Coal Gasification Products      Aerobic         52
  E) Sewage Effluent           Aerobic         53.64.65
  F) Halogenated Organic Compounds  Aerobic/Anaerobic 21.24.25.46.66.67
  G) Nitrilotriacetate (NTA)        Aerobic/Anaerobic 67.68
  H) Pesticides               Aerobic/Anaerobic 25.67.68
   Metabolic Processes Detected in the Subsurface and Oxygen
                Requirements - Continued
Metabolic
Process
II Nitrification
III Denilrificalion
IV. Sulfur oxidation
V. Sulfur reduction
VI Iron Oxidation
VII Iron Reduction
VIII. Manganese Oxidation
1! Methanogenesis
Oxygen
Requirement
Aerobic
Anaerobic
Aerobic
Anaerobic
Aerobic
Anaerobic
Aerobic
Anaerobic
Reference
69.70.71
55.67.72
73
74.75.7677,
73.79
53.55
79
24.25.53.76




,78



.80.81

-------
                            i conditions and biotrinsfaraitiom  In i polluted iquiftr

                            u.ir,  1964)
                                                  CHEMICAL  SPECIES
                                                 ELECTRON ACCEPTORS
                                      BIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS
                           AEROBIC     |
                           HCTEROTncpuci
                           RESPIRATION  |
                             SUl'ATC
OH

CHj
          OM
                     OH
                                  0
                                  CM
                                  OM
                                             COO
                                             OH
                                                          -co,
fttdox Conditions      Biod«r,tad»bi 1 Hy    LJg  Tin*     Reljtive Rao    R«[.
Aerobic

Denitrifying

Sulfjtt  Reducing

Htlhanogenlc
(I) Hopper.  1976,  1978;  (2)  Bosseri  4 Young,  i986;  (3)  tik  4 Wlddel.  1986;
(4) Smolensk!  4  SuMlta,  1987;  (5) Codsy «i  il.,  198J;  (5)  Senior  4 Bilba,
1984.

-------
                              Oe;rje«iion of pollutants  in in
                              lerooic jnd tn l methano;emc
                              biofiH celling IBd-aer. 19341
                                      Aeroeic
                Acetitt

                CMorobtn;«n«
                 1 ,*-0
-------
MICROCOSM        SAUPtINQ AMAMATUS
    i
                 T»ne*
                Stoococt

                                <&
OjAlJTATlVt ASStSSMEKTS
        IkWtM "a
        woral C
-------
           UTIUTV OF MICROCOSMS
              Risk Rssessmont
llJoste Rsslmllatory Capacity of an Enulronment
         Transport of a Contaminant
            Fete of e Contaminant
              A) Identify biodegradable pollutant!
              B) examine the effect! of tubstate
                concentration on blodegrodotlon
              C) determine blodegredatlon
                pathway*
              0) estimate rate* of
                 blotrantformatlon
             RUBNTHGES OF MICROCOSMS
                    Repllceble
      Uary chemical and physical poromel
                   Perturbable
           Manipulate trophic structure
           Control of Inports and exports
               Can be time efficient
                Ruold field pollution
             Rccesslble and Containable
                           MICROCOSMS
                  Contalnerlzotlon
        Structural and functional disturbance
                  high Initial costs
                high operating costs
            high surface to volume ratios

-------
           EASE OF EXTRAPOLATION
        Mole hill
                        Mountain
Bocttriol
physiology
                MODERATE
                         Human
                        phytlology
 Surfoc*
 microbiology
               PROBABLY
                EASY
                        Subiurloc*
                        microbiology
Factors Influencing Pollutant
Biodegradation

• Existing Environmental Conditions
• Physiology of the Requisite
  Microorganisms
• Chemical Structure of the Contaminant

-------
Organic Materials That Persist In Various Habitats
Organic Material
Human Hair
Protolytic
Enzymes
Wood
Microbiol Spores
Oil Deposits
Source
Desert
Cemetery
Permafrost
Soils
Soil/Lagoons/
Peats
Fresh Water
Sediments
Subsurface
Age (Yrs.)
*5x 103
»5x 103
2-20 x 103
3 x 104
4x 108
   Environmental Barriers
      To Biodegradation
 Environmental Barriers
 To Biodegradation

-------
        Potentially Limiting
        Environmental Factors

        • pH
        • Salinity
        • Other Synthetic Chemicals
        • Heavy Metals
        • Osmotic Pressure
        • Hydrostatic Pressure
        • Free Water Limitations
        • Radiation
   Physiological  Barriers
     To Biodegradation
A contaminant will be a poor substrate if:
• No active microorganism is present, therefore, no
  available enzymatic machinery
• Microorganisms present, but...
  — Substrate is a poor inducer
  — Substrate concentration is too low
  — Substrate fails to enter cells
  — Cell lacks other essential nutrients
  — Inhibition/toxicity of enzymes by substrate or
    products
  — Other necessary microbes are absent

-------
                0 H
                II I
             O-C-N-CHg
CAR8ARTL
                                  1-NAPHTHOL
                                               4-H,4ftij.|.     3.4-Omifrnrl-
                                               IctMtaM         IctrtUA*
          CH/OCOOM «
                                            TOM .
                        -.">?.

•5SX^M°I     V«S>COO«   I k>
                                                                    OH
                        V>l«>UMi>i<>    bllulk 1.14      rm»l       M^r^^u.M



                                   \   »

-------
         Chemical  Barriers
        To  Biodegradation
   Effect of Branching
                                                   COOH
                     ClMvag* Points
                 H2-CH2-CH2-CH2-CHZ-CH2-CH- COOH -
      I
                           Qutttnwy  /J
                           Cirboo Alom/ ^
                   l-Phtnyld«con« l-Ph»nyl-4-mclhyld«con«  l-P(icflyl-4,4-dim«thyl««cone
Uit'ococcui cerilicans H 0 I-N
Uicrococcvs ctntitoat MO 3
tiicrocotcia etnticont H 0. *
Uicrocotcus etnlieaits S-18.2
Uitroceceul eenfitans S-W.I
PsetMtoatoaat atraguioso 119 JWF
PltiHfomooos atrugimaa 191 JWF
Pstijdomonos aeruginoso Sol 20 JS
Wycotacterium pi lei No. 4SI
Uycotocttrium lerluilum No. 389
Mycobotttrium fheaocnieut No. 382
Hfcotecttrium smefmatti No. 422
Nocara.a opoco
Notordia rub'Q
Nocardio trftnnpolit
fioeorgia palffti'omogtntl
Nataraio earollma
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0 C
0 C
2 1
2 C
2 C
2
2
2
2
2
)
I
I
3
)





        The rale of eaierobic monorialobenzwte metabolism exhibited by an enrichment
                        of Cehalogenating bacteria
        P05ITIOH
-DEHM.OGENATION RATE ( umoles / I / hr )-
       Cl         Br
ORTHO
flfTA
PM1
n.d
0
0
0
4.63
0
1.20
3.70
0.05
050
0.89
0.66

-------
Ease of Biodegradation
Labile

Structural
Analogs of
Natural
Materials
Recalcitrant

Chemicals With
No Natural
Counterpart
  Biodegradability
^
3

I
1
I
I
1
4
t





r

*
1
s
1
s
rr
^
5
i
2!
1
EASy


^




r

'
-«
1
1
1

«

b
^





r
^



IV


X





S\
O v
""" 
-------
 Biodegradation of organic
 contaminants
Carbon  , ___ ^
           _
Hydrogen
                     Coll Malarial
         C, H, N, P, O,
        Traca Minerals
                                  C, H, N, P, O,
                                 Traca Minerals
j    Carbon
    Dioxide,
     Water
Bioreclamatlon stimulates this natural process
    outside water source
                r DIRECTION OF GROUND WATER FLOW


                      A       fa
                      r*       *
                     INJECTION SYSTEM
                                       f.
                                       [X
                                     \
                    ZONE OF CONTAMINATION
                   T   T  T  T  T  T  T  ?  )
      poeumaic recovery
         pump
               j  i   i  i  i  i  rr
               .      RECOVERY SYSTEM
              1       t         t
                                     1  1
   What Is In Situ Remediation?
   In Situ:         "In the natural or original
                  position"
   Remediation:   "A process of correcting or
                  counteracting an evil"

   .% In Situ Remediation is the process of
     correcting a contamination problem in
     the environment in which it occurs

-------
TO SEWER OR
RECIHCULATE
gliJ
                           II
NUTRIENT
ADDITION
TANK



T COMPRESSOR t*SZL-G-C**-1
COARSE
SAND
	 PRODUCTION WELL
WATER TABLE-i
'—~ _ 	 SPILLED MATERIALS 	 """"
                                                      WATER SUPPLY
                                                      -INJECTION WELL
                                                        PARGER
                            CLAY
                 Air
             Compr«it«r ttr
         Hydrogtn Pooildt
             Tank
             ill Addition
                Indlirtilon Qilloy


                   Topptd Hydrocirbont
                                     Walir
  Monilodng W«ll
                                          R«co««ry
                 flduantoges of biorestoration
         Can be used to treat some common aquifer pollutants
     Enulronmentally sound - complete destruction of contaminant
                 Utilizes Indigenous microorganisms
                 Treatment moues tulth the mater
                           Economical
                  Bacteria are subject to Inhibitors
               Bacteria can potentially plug formations
      Incomplete degradation can lead to taste and odor problems
                      Maintenance Intenslue
               Limited to aquifers of high permeability
                    Long term effects unknown

-------
 REFERENCES

 1}  McKay,  D.M.,  P.V.  Roberts and I.A. Cherry, 1985.  Transport
 pf  organic contaminants in qroundwater.  ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL,
 19: 384-392.

 2)  Freeze,  R.A.  and J.A.  Cherry,  1979.  Groundwatar  (Prentice
 Hale Inc.)  pp.  388-413.

 3)  Alexander, M.,  1971.   Microbial Ecology.  John Wiley and
 Sons,  Inc., p.  395.

 4)  Page, G.W.,  1981.  Comparison of Groundwater and Surface
 Water  for  Patterns and  Levels of Contamination bv Toxic
 Substances.  ENVIRON  SCI  TECHNOL, 15:1475-1481.
 5) Council on Environmental Quality, 1981.  Contamination of
 Grpundvattr by Toxic Organic Chen:
 Printing Office, Washington, O.C.
6) Waksman, S.A., 1916.  Bacterial Numbers in Soil, at
Different Depths, and in Different Seasons of the Year.  SOIL
SCIENCE, 1:363-380.

7) Balkwill, D.L., T.E. Ruzinski, and L.E. Caaida, 1977.
Release of Microorganisms from Soil with Respect to
Transmission Electron Microscopy Viewing and Plate Counts.
ANTONIE VAN LEEWWENHOEK J MICROBIOL SEROL, 43:73-87

8) Kuznetsov, S.I., M.V. Ivanov and N.N. Lyalikova, 1963.  The
Distribution of  Bacteria in Groundwaters and Sedimentary Rocks.
In:  INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGICAL MICROBIOLOGY.   (C. Oppenheimer
ed) McGraw-Hill  Book Co., New York.

9) Wilson, J.T.  and J.F. McNabb, 1983.  Biological
Transformation of Organic Pollutants in Groundwater.  EOS TRANS
AMER GEOPHYS ONION, 64:505-507.

10} Bitton G., and C.P. Gerba, 1984.  Groundvater Pollution
Microbiology:  The Emerging Issue.  In:  Groundwater Pollution
Microbio leery.  Bitton, G., and C.P. Gerba eds.  John Wiley &
Sons, New York,  pp. 1-7.

11) McNabb, J.F., and Dunlap, W.J., 1975.  Subsurface
Biological Activity in Relation to Groundvater  Pollution.
GROUNDWATER, 13:33-34.

12) Dagley, S.,  1984.  Introduction.  In:  Microbial,
pegradation of Organic Compounds.  Gibson, D.T. ed.  Marcel
Dekker, Inc., New York, pp. 1-10.

13) Alexander, M., 1981.  piodearadtion of Chemicals of
Environmental Concern.  SCIENCE, 211:132-138.

-------
14) Kobayashi, H. and B.E. Rittnann, 1982.  Microbial Removal
of Hazardous Organic Compounds.  ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, 16:170a-
183a.

15) Slater, J.H. and D. Lovatt, 1984.  Biodearadation and the
Significance of Hicrobial Communities.  MICROBIAL DEGRADATION
OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (Gibson, D.T. *d\.  Marcel Dekker, Inc.,
New York, pp. 439-485.

16) Mclnerney, M.J. and M.P. Bryant, 1981.  Basic Principles of
Bioconvergions in Anaerobic  Digestion and Methanogenesis.
BIOMASS CONVERSION  PROCESSES FOR ENERGY AND FUELS (Soferr, S.S.
and O.R. ZaborsJcy ads).  Plenum Publ. Corp., New York, pp. 277-
296.

17) McNabb, J.F. and G.E. Mallard, 1984.  Microbiolooical
Sampling in the Assessment of Groundwater Pollution.
GROUNOWATER POLLUTION MICROBIOLOGY  (Bitton, G. and C.P. Gerba
•dm).  John Wiley 6 Sons, New York, pp. 235-260.

18) Alexander, M.,  1965.  Biodearadation;  Problems of
Molecular Recalcitrance and  Microbial Fallibility.  ADV APPL
MICROBIOL, 7:35-80.

19) Alexander, M. ,  1973.  Nonbiodeoradable and Other
Recalcitrant Molecules.  BIOTECH BIOENGINEER, 15:611-647.

20) Mccarty, P.L.,  1985.  Application of Biological
Transformations  in  Groundwater.  PROC SECOND INT CONF
GROUNDWATER QUALITY RES  (Durban, N.N. and A.E. Redelfs eds) .
Natl. Cntr. Groundwater Re«., Stillwater, OK, pp. 6-11.

21) Mccarty, P.L.,  B.E. Rittaann and E.J. Bouwer, 1984.
Microbiological  Processes Affecting Chemical Transformations  in
Groundwater.  GROUNDWATER POLLUTION MICROBIOLOGY  (Bitton, G. ,
and C.P. Gerba eds).  John Wiley £ Sons, New York.

22) McCarty,  P.L.,  M. Reinhard  and  B.E. Rittnann, 1981.   Tjafift
Oraanics  in Groundwater.  ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL,  15:47-51.

23)  Bouwer, E.J.  and P.L. McCarty,  1984.  Modeling  of  Trace
Oraanics  Biotranaformation  in the Subsurface.   GROUNDWATER
22:433-440.

24)  Suflita,  J.M.  and G.D.  Miller,  1985.  The MJcrobjfll
Metabolism of chlorophenoUc compounds  in Groundvater Aquifers.
ENV TOXICOL CHEM,  4:751-758.

23)  Suflita,  J.M.  and S.A.  Gibson,  1985.   Biodearadation of
Haloaromatic  Substrates in a Shallow AnoXJC CrQUndwater
Aquifers;   PROC SECOND INT CONF GROUNDWATER QUALITY RES
 (Durham,  N.N.  and A.E.  Redelfs eds).   Natl.  Cntr.  Groundwater
Res.,  Stillwater,  OK,  pp.  30-32.

-------
 26) Wilson, J.T., J.F. McNabb, J.W. Cochran,  T.H.  Wang,  M.B.
 Tomson and P.B. Bedient, 1985.  Influence of  Microbial  Adapt
 on the Fata of Organic Pollutants in Ground Water.   ENV TOXICOL
 CHEM, 4:  743-750.

 27) Westray,  M.S., R.A.  Brown and R.D.  Morris,  1985.
 Groundwater Microbiology and Pollution  Control.   Presented  at
 the American Institute of Chemical Engineers Conference,  Hov
 10-15, 1985,  Washington, D.C.

 28) Schumb,  W.C.,  C.N. Satterfield and  R.C. Wentworth,  1955.
 Hvdroaen Peroxide.  Reinhold, New York, p 421.

 29) Brown,  R.A.,  R.O.  Morris and R.L. Raymond,  1984.  Oxvaen
 Transport: in Contaminated Aoruifors.   Proceedings of the
 NWWA/API Conference on Petroleum Hydrocarbons and Organic
 Chemicals in Ground Water-Prevention, Detection and
 Restoration.   Nov. 5-7,  1984, Houston,  TX.

 30) Texas Research Institute, Inc.,  1982.   Enhancing the
 Microbial Degradation  of Underground Gasoline bv Increasing
 Available Oxygen.   Final Report:   American  Petroleum Institute,
 Washington,  D.C.

 31)  Norris,  R.D.  and R.H.  Carlson,  1980.  The Role of Oxidizing
 Agents in the Chemistry  of In-Situ Uranium  Leaching.  SPE-AIME
 Meeting,  Dallas, TX, Sept. 21-24,  1980.

 32)  Yaniga, P.M. and W.  Smith,  1984.  Aquifer Restoration Via
 Accelerated In Situ Biodeoradation of Organic Contaminants.
 Proceedings of the NWWA/API Conference  on Petroleum
 Hydrocarbons  and Organic Chemicals in Ground Water-Prevention,
 Detection and Restoration.  Nov.  5-7, 1984, Houston,  TX.

 33)  Driscoll,  F.G.,  1986.   Groundwater  and  Wells.   Johnson
 Division, St.  Paul,  Minnesota,  pp.  246-252.

 34) Wilson, J.T. and B.H.  Wilson,  1985.  Biotransformation  of
Trichloroethvlene  in Soil.  APPL ENVIRON  MICROBIOL.   49:  242-
 243.

 35) Fogel, M.M., A.R.  Taddeo and S.  Fogel,  1986.
 piodegradation of  Chlorinated Etheneg by  a  Methane-Utilising
Mixed  Culture.  APPL ENVIRON MICROBIOL. 51: 720-724.
37) Horvath, R.S.,  1972.  Conetabolign  of  the  Herbicide  2.3.6-
Trichlorobenzoate bv Natural Microbial  Populations.   BULL
ENVIRON CONT TOX.   7:  273-276.

-------
38) Brunnar, W., S.H. Sutherland and D.D. Focht, 1985.
Enhanced Biodegradation of Polvchlorinated Biohenvlg in Soil bv
Analog Enrichment and Bacterial Inoculation.  J ENVIRON QUAL
14: 324-328.

39) Crawford, R.L. and W.W. Hohn, 1985.  Microbiological
Removal of Pentachlorophenol from Soil Using a Flavobacterium.
ENZYME MICROS TECHNOL.  7: 617-621.

40) Canter, L.W. and R.C. Knox, 1985.  In-Situ Technologies.
In:  Ground Water Pollution Cont;r_o_l.  Lewis, Chelsea  MI  p
143.

41) Atlas, R.M. and R. Bartha, 1981.  Microbial Ecology;
Fundamentals and Applications.  Addison-Wesley Co., Reading.
MA, p 251.

42) Cerba, C.P., 1985.  Microbial Contamination in the
Subsurface.  In:  Ground  Water Quality.  C.H. Ward, W. Ciger
and P.L. McCarty, eds.  John Wiley  and Sons, New York, pp. 53-
67.

43) Matthess, G. and A. Pekdeger, 1985.  Survival and Transport
of Pathogenic Bacteria and Viruses.  In:  Ground Water Quality*
C.H. Ward, W. Giger and P.L. McCarty, eds.  John Wiley and
Sons, NY,  pp 472-482.

44) Updegraff, D.M.,  1982.  Plugging and Penetration of
Petroleum  Reservoir Rock  bv Microorganisms.  Proceedings of
1982 International Conference on Microbial  Enhancement of Oil
Recovery May 16-21,  1982, Shangri-La, Afton, Oklahoma.

45) Jenneman, G.E., M.J.  Mclnerney  and R.M. Knapp, 1985.
fticrobial  Penetration Through Nutrient-Saturated Berea.
Sandstone.  APPL ENVIRON  MICROBIOL. 50:383-391.

46) Wilson, J.T., J.F. McNabb, D.L. Balkwill and W.C. Ghiorse,
1983.  Enumeration and Characterization  of  Bacteria Indigenous
to a Shallow Watar-Table  Aquifer.   GROUND WATER 21: 134-142.

47) Balkwill, D.L. and W.C. Ghiorse, 1985.  Characterization  of
Subsurface Bacteria Associated with Two  Shallow Aquifers in
Oklahoma.  APPL ENVIRON MICROBIOL.  50:  560-588.

48)Ghiorse, W.C. and  D.L. Balkwill, 1985.   Microbiological
Characterization of Subsurface Environments.   In: GROUND WATER
QUALITY.  (C.H. Ward,  W. Giger and P.L. Mccarty eds.), John
Wiley 6 Sons, Inc., New York. pp536-556.

49) White, D.C., et  al,  1985.  piochenical  Measures of the
Biomasa.  Community  Structure and Metabolic  Activity of the
Ground Watar Microbiota.   In:  GROUND WATER QUALITY.   (C.H.
Ward, W.  Giger and  P.L. McCarty  eds.) John  Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York.  pp. 307-329.

-------
 50)  Ghiorse,  W.C.  and D.L.  Balkwill, 1983.  Enumeration and
 Morphological Characterization of Bacteria  Indigenous to
 Subsurface  Environments.  DEV IND MICROBIOL.  24: 213-224.

 51)  Webster,  J.J., 6.J. Hampton, J.T. Wilson, W.C. Ghiorse and
 F.R.  Leach, 1985.  Determination of MicrobiaJ, Numbers in
 Subsurface  Environments.  GROUND WATER.  23: 17-25.

 52)  Humenick,  M.J., L.N. Bitton and C.F. Mattox, 1982.  Natural
 Restoration of Ground Water in OCG.  IN SITU. 6: 107-125.

 53)  Godsey, E.M. and  G.G. Ehrlich, 1*78.  Reconnaissance  for
 fljlcrobial Activity in the Maoothv Aquifer.  Bav  Park. New  York.
 Four Years After Artifical  Recharge.  J RES US  GEOL SURVEY.   6:
 829-836.

 54) Ventullo,  R.M. and R.J.  Larson, 1985,   Metabolic Diversity
 and Activity  of Hatirotrophic Bacteria in Ground Water.   ENV
 TOXICAL CUEM.  4: 759-771.

 55) Ehrlich,  G.G., E.M. Godsay, O.F. Goerlitz and M.F. Hult,
 1983.  Microb^a,! Ecoloorv of a Creosote-Contaminated Aquifer at^
 St. Louis Park. Minnesota.   DEV IND MICROBIOL.  24: 235-245.

 56) Ladd, T.I., R.M.  Ventullo, P.M. Wallis  and  J.H. Costerton,
 1982.  Heterotrophic  Activity and B^odflgradat^gn of Labile and
 Refractory Compounds  by Ground Water and Stream Microbial
 Populations.   APPL ENVIRON  MICROBIOL.  44:  321-329.

 57) Harvey, R.W. D.L. Smith and L. George,  1984.  Effect  of
 Organic Contamination Upon  Microbial Distribution and
 Heterotroohic Uptake  in a Cape Cod. Mass..  Aquifer.  APPL
 ENVIRON MICROBIOL.  48: 1197-1202.

 58) Wilson, J.T., M.J. Noonan and J.F. McNaJab,  1985.
 Biodearadation of Contaminants in the Subsurface.  In:  GROUND
 WATER QUALITY, C.H. Ward, w.  Giger and P.L. Mccarty, eda. John
 Wiley and Sons, Inc.  New York. pp. 483-498.
 59) Roberts,  P.V., P.L. McCarty, M. Reinhard and J. Schreiner,
 1980.  Organic Contaminant  Behavior Purina  Groundvater
 Recharge.  J  WATER POLLUT CONTROL FED.  52: 161-172.

 60) Jamison,  V.W., R.L. Raymond and J.O. Hudson, 1975.
 piodegradation of High-Octane Gasoline in Groundvater,.  DEV IND
MICROBIOL.  16: 305-312.

 61) Raymond,  R.L., V.W. Jamison and J.O. Hudson, 1977.
 Beneficial Stimulation of Bacterial Activity in Groundvaterg
Containing Petroleum  Products.  AIChE SYMP  SER.  73(166): 390-
404.

-------
62) Lee  M.D. andC.H. Ward,  1985.  Biological Methods fgr. t
Restoration Of Contaminated Aquifers.  ENV TOXICAL CHEM.  4:
721—726 .

63) Rogers, J.E., R.G. Riley, S.W. Li, M.L. O'Mallay and B.L
Thomas, 1985.  Microbial Transformation of Alkvlnyridineg in
Groundwater.  WAT AIR SOIL POLL.  24; 443-454?

64) Aulanbach, D.B., H.L. Clescari and T.J. Tofflemire  1975
Hater Renovation bv Discharge into Deen Natural Sand FIH-ArV
PROG OF AICh£ CONF.y May 4-87 1975, Chicago, IL.     * "™rff •

65) Harvey, R.W., D.L. Smith and L. George, 1984.  Effect of
Organic Contamination Upon Hicrobial Distribution ^n"
Heterotroohic Uptake in a Cane Cod. Mass.. AmHf?r-  APPL
ENVIRON MICROBIOL.  48: 1197-1202.

66) Wood, P.R., R.F. Lang and I.L. Payan, 1985.  Anaerobic
Trana formation. Transport and Removal of Volatile Chlorinated
Organics in Groynd Wa^ag.   In:  GROUND WATER QUALITY,  C.H.
Ward, W. Glger and P.L. McCarty, eds.  John Wiley and Sons,
Inc., New York. pp. 493-511.

67) Ward, T.E., 1985.  Characterizing the Aerobic and Anaerobic
Microbial Activities  in Surface and Subsurface Soils.  ENVIRON
TOX CHEM.  4: 727-737.

68) Vantullo, R.M. and R.J. Larson, 1985.  Metabolic Diversity
and Activity of Heterotroohic Bacteria in Ground Water.  ENV
TOXICAL CHEM.  4: 321-329.

69) Barcelona, M.J. and T.G. Naymik, 1984.  Dynamics of a
Fertilizer Plume  in Groundwater.  ENVIROK SCI TECHNOL.  18:
257-261.

70) Idelovitch, E. and M. Michail, 1980.  Treatment Effects and
Pollution Dangers of  Secondary Effluent Percolation to
Groundwater.  PROG WAT TECH.  12: 949-966.

71) Preul, B.C.,  1966.  Underground Movement of Nitrogen.
ADVAN WATER POLLUT RES, PROC 3RD INT CONF.  pp. 309-328.

72) Lind, A.M., 1975.  Nitrate Reduction in the Subsoil.  PROC
INT ASSOC WATER POLLUT RES.  Copenhagen, Aug. 18-20, 1975.  1:
14.

73) Olson, G.J., G.A. McFeters and K.L. Temple, 1981.
Occurrence and Activity of  Iron and Sulfur-Oxidizing
Microorganisms in Alkaline  Coal Strip Mine Spoils.  MICROS
ECOL.  7: 40-50.

-------
 74)  van Beak,  C.G.E.M.  and 0.  van der Kooij,  1962.  Sulfata-
 Reducina Bacteria  in  Ground Water from Cloaaina and Noncloaaina
 Shallow Walla  in the  Netherlands River Region.  GROUND WATER.
 20:  298-302.

 75)  Jacks, G.,  1977.  The  "Amber River:1*  An  Example of Sulfata
 Reduction. PROC 2ND INT SYMP WATER-ROCK INTERACT.  Strasburg,
 Aug.  17-25, 1977.  I: 259-266.

 76)  Hvid-Hansan, N.,  1951.   Sulphate-Reducing and Hydrocarbon-
 Producing Bactaria in Groundvatar.  ACT PATHOL MICROBIOL SCAND.
 29:  314-334.

 77)  Hastin, E.S., 1926.  The Problea of the Natural Reduction
 of Sulfates.  BULL AMER ASSOC  PETROL GEOL.  10: 1270-1299.

 78) Olson, G.S. W.S. Docking,  G.A. McFatars and W.P. Xvarson,
 1981.  Sulfata-Raducinq Bactaria from Deep Aouifara in Montana,.
 GEOMICROBIOL J.  2: 327-340.

 79) Hallburg, R.O. and  R. Kartinall, 1976.  Vyredox - In Si,tu
 Purification of Ground  Water.  GROUND WATER.  14: 88-93.

 80) Belyaav, S.S. and M.V.  Ivanov, 1983.  Bacterial
ftethanogenaia in Under  Ground  Waters.  ECOL BULL.  35: 273-280.

 81) Davis, J.B., 1967.   PETROLEUM MICROBIOLOGY.  Elsttvier  Pub.
Co.,  Anatardan.  p. 604.

-------
    TRANSPORT AND FATE
    BIOTRANSFORMATION
        PROCESSES
         Session 6
       Joseph M. Suflita
(University of Oklahoma, Norman)

-------
          MICROBIOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES
    INFLUENCING THE BIORESTORATION OF
                          AQUIFERS
                                BY
                      Joseph M. Sufflta, PhD.
             Department of Botany and Microbiology
                   The University of Oklahoma
                    Norman, Oklahoma 73019
Sum mary: The second seminar briefly considers various treatment options for the
clean-up of contaminated aquifers and shovs hov and why biorestoration techniques
fit into the myraid of pollution mitigation tools.  Attention is given to the types of
considerations that must be made before an aquifer biorestoration strategy is
implemented in the field. The example of spilled gasoline in an aquifer is chosen to
help illustrate specifically how chemical, physical and microbiological principles
meld into an overall aquifer treatment strategy. Guidelines for the critical evaluation
of the claims for aquifer restoration are also given with specific suggestions for the
types of information that might be collected to bolster such claims. Particular
attention is also paid to /a situ biorestoration attempts that rely on the inoculation of
desirable microorganisms. Lastly, a perspective on biorelamation techniques is
provided through a consideration of the pratical limitations of the technology. This
then leads to the realization that properly considered. bioreclamaUon is not a panacea
for the many different types of subsurface pollution problems but should prove
valuable under specific sets of circumstances.

-------
Subsurface contamination
     Symptoms of
     groundwater pollution

     » Contaminated water well
        - Odor, taste, free product
        - Potential health risk
     • Fumes
        - Explosion risk
        - Potential health risk
     • Surface water contamination
        - Oil seeps, color/odor, fish kills

-------
 Fate of a Contaminant
                 Environment
Movement
Retention

Reaction
Contaminant
Rate Ground Water Flow
Permeability
Soil Type
Organic Content
pH
Redox Conditions
Microbial Communities
Amount of Material
Physical State
Solubility
Viscosity
Surface Tension
Solubility (Lack of)
Ionic Character
Chemical Reactivity
Biodegradability
       Mechanisms Affecting Fate

       • Movement
         — Gravity
         — Ground water motion (vertical and horizontal)
         — Dissolution
       • Retention
         — Sorptlon
         — Properties of contaminant
       • Reaction
         — Hydrolysis
         — Precipitation
         — Oxidation/reduction
         — Biological transformation

       These mechanisms controlled by chemical properties
       of contaminant and subsurface environment
   The fate of a contaminant is determined
   by its

   •  Transport
   •  Reaction with the environment

   Remediation is  governed by the same
   factors

-------
Treatment Options
              High
                    Transport
    o
    CO
    
-------
Containment

•  If it moves slow, it can be contained
•  But, the contaminant persists
•  Methods
   — Slurry walls
   — Clay caps
   — Interceptor trenches
   — Hydraulic barriers
Extraction


• Easily transported substances
• But, requires surface treatment
  — Air stripping
  — Carbon
  — Reaction
  — Discharge
• Methods
  — Water
  — Venting
Reaction

• Reactive species can be treated in situ
  — Chemically - Oxidation, Reduction, Hydrolysis,
    Polymerization
  — Biologically - Degradation, Mineralization
• Treatment chemicals/nutrients must be transported
• Methods
  — Chemical reclamation
  — Enhanced bioreclamation

-------
          HOUIFfRRCMFDIflTIONCONSIDlllflTIONS
          R. Type of Contaminant
              phaies, solubility, susceptibility to blodegradatlon
          B. Pathways of Blodegradatlon
          C. Site Characteristics
              hydrology, geology, depth to water table
          D. Removal of Free Product
          E. System Design
              above or below ground
          F. Laboratory Inuestlgotlon
              eueluation of blodegredatlon
          G. Operation of Blostlmuletlon
              lab effort to design stimulation, extrapolate to field
          H. Monitor Progress
        The Ideal  Site

        •  Homogeneous, Permeable Soil
        •  Single Point Source
        •  Low Groundwater Gradient
        •  No Free Product
        •  No Soil Contamination
        •  Easily Degraded, Extracted or
           Immobilized Contaminant
The Real Site
                                   Solids. Viscous Liquids

                                  (Insoluble Liquids
                                  jLow Solubility Species
                                  (Adsorbent Species
          Tension Saturated Zone
f     _______________ "_J^-__
Vs _ Free Product  '
                                   Light Jnsoluble Liquids ^ Water
                                                         Table
             Saturated Zone
          [•• Groundwater flcw$
                                    Soluble Species
                                   Dense. Insoluble Liquids

-------
       Hydrogeologlc Variables That Impact
       In-Situ Remediation

       • VadoseZone
        — Thickness
        — Permeability (Horizontal + Vertical)
        — Geologic Complexity
        — Organic Content
       • Saturated Zone
        — Type of Aquifer (Composition)
        — Thickness of Shallow Aquifer
        — Interconnection of Aquifers
        — Location of Discharge Area
        — Water Table Fluctuations
        — Ground Water Flow Rate
Major Classes of Gasoline Components

Hydrocarbon      Conroe.       Colinga.      Jennings.
Class             Texas       California      Louisiana

Alkanes            16.8          18.0           24.5
Cycloalkane        47.1          55.5           38.4
Aromatic           19-5          10.2           15.6

-------
      Metabolic Pathways
            Alkane Degradation Path
            CH3 - (CH2)n - CH3 Alkane
                                / Terminal '
                     H _         / Methyl
                     HZ°         t Group
            CH3 - (CH2)n - CH2OH Alcohol ^ OxW«ton ,
+ O, -.. I
"•*>
    CH2
    J-
                   2H

            CH3 - (CH2)n - CHO Aldehyde
            HjO -J-2H

            CH3 — {CH2)n - COOH Fatty Acid

            /! -Oxidation
              CO2 * HjO
Allcyclic Hydrocarbons

                  OH
                         -2H
^
Cycloh«xane
O
r^o .
O
0-Caprolactone


V ^
J *k
HjO
Cyclohaxanol Cyclol
COOH
CH2
CH2

CH2 -
1




^-Oxidation '
                     O

                    A   °^^H

                            u«o
                I
                COOH
             Adlpic Acid

-------
Aromatic Hydrocarbons
B»m«n«
              s-einztn* Oihydrodlol
                                Cil«chol
                    • H
                    rOH
                    tOH'
                    'H
                    2-Hydroxy^it. d»-    * elt-Mueonte Acid
                  Moconie S«nc«l
-------
        How does
        bioreclarnation
        work?
Enhanced bioreclamation
Contaminated aquifer
         Contaminated
         area
                     -~~  -tablt
Enhanced bioreclamation
Creating a reaction vessel
       R*cycl«d
       ground
       water
Enhanced bioreclamation
Creating a chemical environment
       Recycled
       Ground
       wat«r —v
            Aj
EZS Nutrlont (low
BS Bloactlvo aroa
[El Contaminant
                       V-^f^^-ii

-------
  Enhanced bioreclamation
  Managing in situ biodegradation
          Recycled
          ground
          water
 Nutrient flow
 Bloactlve area
 Contaminant
                         water
Enhanced bioreclamation
Site remediation

         Recycled
         ground
         water —i
Nutrient flow
Bloactlve area
Contaminant
     - --.- f "', ^*-'>-*?-.r-v^vcrJ-F-.**r-t'J

-------
  Bioreclamation Works Because:


  • Hydrocarbon degrading microorganisms
    are widely distributed
  • Hydrocarbons are essentially natural
    substrates
  • Over 30 years of basic scientific
    information
  • Nutrient requirements for metabolism are
    well understood
Carbon Adsorption


Circulation Rate
Influent Cone.
(Initial)
Project Timing
Project Costs ($K)
  Construction
  (Inc. Elect.)
  Carbon Replac. (Annual)
  Operator (Annual)
50 gpm
80 ppm
10-20 yre.
420-600
90
15
18
100 gpm
40 ppm
10-20 yre.
600-1000
200
15
25
Enhanced Bioreclamation
Circulation Rate
Project Timing
Project Costs ($K)
   Design & Startup
   Nutrients
   Service & Equipment
   Operator
  50 gpm

8-10 Months

  220-290

   50-75

   90-112

   70-88

   10-15
 100 gpm

4-5 Months

  180-241

   50-75

   90-112

   35-44

    6-10
               Contaminant* treated by
                In situ Bloremedlotlon
                  fl. Hydrocarbons
                     gotollne
                    mineral oil
                 aliphatic piatllclzeri
                   B. Solvents
                   methyl chloride
                     n-butenol
                     acetone
                   ethylene glycol
                    Ijoproponol
                   letrehydrnftiran
                    chloroform
                 C. Other compounds
                   dimethyl aniline

-------
                      Flom Characteristics Of flgulfers UJhere
                          Bloremedlatlon Has Been Tried
                                 Pumping Rote
                                 25-380 (l/mln)

                                   Flow Rate
                                 0.6 - 800 (m/y)

                             Hydraulic Conductiuity
                             10"5 -  10"3(  cm/sec)
                   CniTICRL EUflLUBTION OF BIORESTORflTION CLfllMS

                Reduction In Substrate Concentration - Mass Balances
                           Increase In Blomass/Rctlulty
                             Production of Catabolltes
                     Consumption of Terminal Electron Receptors
                        Rdaptatlon / flccllmatlon Phenomena
                             Blodegradatlon Kinetics

                RLl FflCTOBS REIRTIUE TO flPPROPRIRTE RBIOT1C CONTROLS
                                      B
IOO
 50-
                                                        r
                                               4-Amino-3,5-
                                               dichloro-
                                               benroote
                                               4-Amino-3-
                                               chlorobenzoate
         5  15    20    25   30    0    3   6  0     5    20

                         INCUBATION TIME (DAYS)

-------



o
"o
E
o
o
E
LU
t—
CC
h-
m
Z>
2
_l
7— 	 • 	

6-

5-

4-

3-

2-

\-
Q-

K
1










\
)









_x,4-NH2-3,5-diCI-BZ

-^3-I-BZ
^3-Br-BZ

ADAPTATION
exPT 3-Bi 3-1 J.J-diCI
A 27 34 39
B 21-24 Z8 29-39


3-F-BZ ^?\^
3-ci-ez ^









PERIOD (DAYS)
4.MMj.3,5(,iCl J.C, j.F
80-69 ISO-170 >|TO
37 129-148 >365

0 4O 80 120 160


- r 	 1 	 1 	 r 	 1
2OO 240
                                 TIME (DAYS)
SUBSTRATE
     COO-
     COO"
    COO-
ADAPTATION TIME
                20 days
              23-35 days
                39 days
                  _O

                  O

                  E
                  o
                  v_
                  o

                  1


                  llJ


                  <
                  CC
                  t-
                  V)
                  CO
                               80   120   160   200


                                   TIME (DAYS)
                                                                 240

-------
               400pM 3-F-BZ
               40OpM 4-NH9-3,5-diCI-BZ
               20pM 4-NH2-3,5-diCI-BZ
              20pM 3-F-BZ
            80      120     160     200

                  TIME (DAYS)
240
BEflSONS FOR LBG PERIOD PRIOR TO BIODEGRflDflTiON
       Requirement for bacterial growth
       Specific substrate concentration
     Need to deplete competing substrates
             Nutrient limitations
      Need to etichange genetic material
          Laboratory artifacts ????

-------
       SITE           ADAPTATION  PERIOD0
          I               5   WKS

         2               4-5 WKS

         3               4-5WKS
          4b	4-6 WKS
        aaverage of 10 replicates
         bstored sample (2yr);slie  2
CRN BIODEGRflDflTIQN BE STIMULRTED ????
           VES -- BUT	
    REQUIRES RN UNDERSTflNDING OF THE
        FRCTORS CONTROLLING THE
     LflG RNO RDRPTRTION PERIODS

-------
 POSSIBLE STIMULRTION RPPRORCHES
       CROSS RCCLIMRTION
      RNflLOG •ENRICHMENT1
 OUERCQMING NUTRIENT LIMITRTIONS
       BIOMRSS ENRICHMENT
OUERCOMING ENUIRONMENTRL FRCTORS
            OTHERS...
SUBSTRATE TESTED
for CROSS -
ADAPTATION
CO
r^
Cl^x
rffi*
t
C0<
^^^^
C0(
C
coc
C
C|S^O» V*
C0(
C
D-
1
I
>-
L
)-
)-
3-
ADAPTATION
TIME
(WK)
3-8
0.5-4
2- 3
2-3
32-40
TIME(wk) for COMPLETE
DEGRADATION In SEDIMENT
ADAPTED TO:
coo- coo-
2-3 2-3
<. 
-------
     20
    o
    3
   cf
   u
adapted from. I.-S. You and R.
Bortho i982flppl.Enulron.
Mlcroblol. 44:678-681
                          Days
  FIG. 1. Effect of aniline on the mineralization of
OCA (5 u,g/g) in soil. (A) 1.8 mg of aniline added per g;
(B) 0.4 mg of aniline added per g; (C) no aniline added:
(D) poisoned by HgClj. Aniline additions to (A) were
made in three increments on days 0, 18, and 37, up to
the total specified above.
         2O
    adapted from, I.-S. You andfl
    Bortha  I982flppl.tnulron.
    Mlcroblol. 44: 678-681
                               Days

      F.1G  2  Effect of aniline on the mineralization  of
    humus-bound DCA in soil. HA-DCA complex (0.5
    mg/g) containing 2.5  ng of bound  DCA per g was
    incubated with (A) and without (B)  1.4 mg of aniline
    per g. Aniline was added in two increments on days 0
    (0.4 mg) and 12 (1 m«).

-------
          40
          30
       E
       •
       e

       g
       t-
          10
from, J.T. UJIUon and B.H.
Will on. 1985 flppl. Enulron
Mlcroblol. 49:242-243
                      All** Vclilllll • I
                 »«!••«•« vllk All**
           5.5
     6.5         7.5
      Port  Volumtt
6.5
        FIG. 1. Removal of TCE during passage through unsaturated soil
       exposed lo an atmosphere of 0.61* methane (vol/vol) in air.
       Selected List Of Organs
Substances Subject To Co-Metabolism
                ETHANE
               PROPANE
          3-CHLOROBENZOATE
      2-FLUORO-4-NITROBENZOATE
            o- or p-XYLENE
             PYRROLIDONE
       2,3,6-TRICHLOROBENZOATE
                2,4,5-T
                  DDT

-------
               WOULDN'T VOU UJflNT fl PRODUCT THRT:
               SUBSTITUTES FOR FERTILIZER flND LIME
               GET RID OF EHCESS HERBICIDE RESIDUES
                   6IUES HIGHER GROWTH VIELDS
                MRKES DEPLETED SOILS COME RLIUE
      GIUES PLRNTS RN UNEHPLRINED PROTECTION FROM DISERSES
                      GIUES LUSTER TO GRRIN
SIIRUIURL OF
                                   JunniLflTED INTO SOIL
          from Kotznelson, H. 1 94fla,b Soil SCl 19: 21-31, 283-293
 OR6HNISM
ffctwocycetet
   cellulosae
Bacillus cereuf
Pteudomonfft
   f/uoretcenf
ttzolobacter
   chroococcum
                  Manured Soil
                               Manured and Limed Soil
                         45
                      — INCUBRTION (DRYS)	
                       100        0       45    100
                      NUMBERS PER GRflM DRV SOIL •
24.7  7.7    7.1

8.4   0.1    0
23.2  57.4  49.3

142.8 0     0

200  0,300*0
                                          33.9
                                          2.7   2,2
                                   7.6     0.04  0
                                   86.9    8.6   12.3
                                   175

                                   360
1.1    0

120   0
* relnoculated

-------
                      :> u (vi ivi t K
   100
or
UJ
o
m   ai
    .01
   .001
FECAL
COLIFORM
            100
         -1- .001
                                 FECAL
                                 STREPTOCOCCUS
          10   20    30    0    10    20   30

                    TIMEtdoys
  100
      WINTER
               T
                          FECAL
                          STREPTOCOCCUS
          10    20   30    40    50   60    70
                   Tl ME, days

-------
                 SELECTED flBlOTIC FflCTORS
                 LIMITING THE SURUIURL OF
                     MICROORGRNISMS
                      fl)pH
                      B) Temperature
                      C) Salinity
                      D) Water
                      E) Pressure
8
W
o
«t-
O
6
c
o»
o
     STRAIN
      123
R hizobi um   JQ ponicum
                 8r
                 Sterile soil
                 Non-sterile soil
 0    10   20  30 40  50
                      STRAIN
                        58 6
                                                         Sterile soil
                                                          Non-sterile soil
                   0   10  20 30  40  50
                          TIME (days)

-------
           8r-
       O
       V)

-------
    Microbiological Profile of a Soil Treated tuith Inoculonts

            Bacteria        flctinomycetes       Fungi
Treatment   CK  Litter      CK   Litter          CK   Litter
            	1 • 105 / g Soil	
Untreated   31   60         46    100            4     16

Medina      37   32         32    119            6     12

Supernate   39   39         40    100            4     10
              EFFECT OF MICROBIRL INOCULRNTS ON SOIL
                           RESPIRRTION

           SOIL
           TRERTMENT        CHECK       PINE LITTER
                             	mg C02 euolued-
           Untreated            36            94
           Medina              25            94
           Supernate            21            97

-------
                 HflBITflT
  RN flBEfl OF UNDEFINED SIZE WITH fl DEGREE OF
 UNIFORMITY IN CHRRRCTERISTICS OF ECOLOGICflL
 SIGNIFICRNCE FOR RN ORGRNISM. THE 'ffWffW
              OF RN ORGRNISM


                  NICHE
R TERM USED TO DESIGNRTE THE UNIQUE FUNCTIONS
     OF RN ORGRNISM IN ITS HflBITflT. THE
        •OCCUPffTWNm OF flN ORGRNISM
                COMMUNITY
  THE ORGRNISMS INHRBITING fl GIUEN HflBITflT
                ECOSYSTEM
  THE COMMUNITY OF ORGRNISMS IN fl SPECIFIC
  ENVIRONMENT RND THE RBIOTIC SURROUNDINGS
  WITH WHICH THE ORGRNISMS RRE flSSOCIRTED
               HOMEOSTRSIS
      THE CflPRCITY FOR R COMMUNITY OF
MICROORGRNISMSTO REMAIN QURLITflTIUELY RND
   QURNTITRTIUELY STRBLE UNDER fl UflRIETY OF
    BIOLOGICflL RND NONBIOLOGICRL STRESSES

-------


              BIQRESTQRRTION

 IS NOT fl PflNflCEfl FOR flLL TYPES OF POLLUTflNTS

NEEDS TO BE CONSIDERED RS RNOTHER PRRT OF THE
       POLLUTION MITIGRTION RRSENRL

-------
Alexander,  M.   1971.  Microblal ecology.  John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York.

Brown. M. E.   1974.  Seed and root bacteHzatlon.  Ann. Rev. Phytopath.
     12:181-197.

Katznelson, H.  1940 a.  Survival of Azotobacter 1n soil.  Soil Sc1. 49:21-35

             .  1940 b.  Survival of microorganisms Introduced Into soil.
     Soil  Sc1. 49:283-293.

Miller,  R.  H.  1979.  Ecological factors which Influence the success of micro-



Van Donsel, F. J., E. E. Geldreich, and N. A. Clarke.  1967.  Seasonal varia-
    tions 1n survival of indicator bacteria 1n soil and their contribution tc
     storm water  pollution.  Appl. M1crob1ol. 15:1362-1370.  '

Haksman, S. A. and H. B. Woodruff.  1940.  Survival of bacteria added to soil
     and the resultant modification of soil population.  Soil Sci. 50:421-427.

Weaver,  R. W., E. P. Dunigan, J. P. Parr and A. E. Hiltbold. , (Eds.)  1974.
     Effect of two soil activators on crop yields and activities of soil micro
     organisms 1n the southern United States.  Southern Cooperative Series
     Bull. 189.   Texas Agric. Exp. Stn., College Station, Texas.

-------
                                       EPA/600/2-87/008
                                       January  1987
         LEAKING UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS:
  REMEDIATION WITH EMPHASIS ON IN SITU BIORESTORATION
                          by

J. M. Thomas, M.  D.  Lee,  P.  B.  Bedient,  R.  C.  Borden,
              L. W.  Canter and  C. H. Ward

       NATIONAL CENTER FOR GROUND WATER  RESEARCH
        Rice University,  Houston,  Texas   77251
    University of  Oklahoma,  Norman, Oklahoma   73019
 Oklahoma State University,Stillwater, Oklahoma 74078
          Cooperative  Agreement  No.  CR-812808
                   Project Officers

          Marion R. Scalf and Jerry N. Jones
          Applications and Assistance Branch
   Robert S. Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory
                  Ada,  Oklahoma 74820
   ROBERT S. KERR ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
          OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
         U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                  ADA,  OKLAHOMA 74820

-------
                                  coniirrs
                                                                                                    i.  if ua MOLflorcAi ruunon

                                                                                                    1.  HUroblal Activity Tn
                                                                                                         Mlcroblal processes My b. used to degrade contaminant* In situ by
                                                                                                    stimulating th. native mlcroblel popul.tlon.  Anoth.r in tUa bloetlmulatlon

                                                                                                                                         34
I.
    JJJ IITV BIOLOGICAL TBtATMEVT	J4-

    1.   Mlcroblal  Activity In Aoulf.rT  	     J4
        Sampling MoIhod•  for Subsurface Hlcrobe*  .......  	   3j
        Hlcroblal  Number* In th* Subourfac*	  .  .  .  .   34
        Hlcroblal  Ecology of th* Subsurface.  ....  	  !  !  !  "  '   34
        Metabolic  Activity of th* Subsurface
          Mlcroblal Community	Jt
        Environmental  Factors Which May Limit  Blodagradatlon  '.'.'.'.'.'.   38


    *•  BlostlmuUtlon by Addition af  Llmltlnit tmtrtente	41
        Development, of the la Jit" Blostlaulatlon Procass
          with Oxygen Supplied by Air  Sparging	41
             Application of  th* denradatlve .ctlvlty of
               iubsurfac* microbe* 	   4,
             Flr»t application of th* blostli.il at Ion oroe««. ....'...   4t
             Stjgs In th* biostliBulatlon prooss	43
             AddlHonaJL caia hlstorl.s  In which oxvuen was supplied
               by  air spartlnt	4J
             Minimum hrdroearbon concentrations achievable fry
                In  iltu bloitlml.l;(on	41
             Treatment trains	4B
       '"Alternative Oxygen Sources ".  ".  7~~.~'.~~ .~~r~— ;—,-•,—,—<—.—.—,~~.~.",~"5f
             Hydror.n puroxlde	". . . .   52

             Soil  venting	54
        -^	Colloidal it* aphrons	59
        Summary _of_ Aerobic In Siiu Blo*tl*ulatlon.Proc*as**	sf
        fTnnovatlve'Procesies	.'....'.	i   45"
             Land  treatment	45
             Technique* that reduce  Interfaelal tension	47
             Engymas es en Innovative treatment technique	48
             Tr.atment Beds	    48
        PolsnVlalTor"Anaaroblc'Proc*ss*s."."~r".  .  '. ." . . ..'.... ,~" ti
             Anaerobic degradation pathwaya in the subsurface	«9
             Anaerobic processes In  In eltu blostlmuletlon 	   70

    3.  Addition of Sptelallred Mlcroblal Populations to the
          Subsurface   	71
        Genetic Engineering to Enhance Dagradatlve Activity	72
        Issues in Cunetlc Engineering of Microbes	73
        Seeding Aqu«ou* Environments  with Microorganisms 	   74
        Seeding Soil Environments with Microorganisms	74
        Seeding the Subsurface with Hlcronrganlems  	    77
        Aqulf.r Remediation Using Inoculation Techniques 	    78
   14.  Enrichment of Specific FopuUtlont	81
technique which le not yet denonetreted le th* Inoculetlon of the eub.urfece
with t •Icrobltl population thet hee epeclellted netebollc cepebllltlee.
Iven In the presence of «n Indlgeneoui population which 1* tccllmted to the
orgenlc contuln.nl*, degredatlon My b* United et high contenlnent
concentration* or by io*e environmental factor.  Addition of electron
ecceptort. euch a* oxygen, and Inorganic nutrient!, typically nitrogen,
phoaphorua. end trace eietaU, auy provide the alcroflora with eaaentlal
nutrlenti that are Halting In the pretence of high concentrations of
pollutants.  Inoculation of a specialized laleroblal population My reduce
the tl»e required for acclimation to the contaminants and/or allow th*
renoval of recalcitrant eontamlnanti.  Related process** such as the
eddttlon of bloeculslfUrs or eurfeetsnts to Increese the avalleblllty of
subsurface contaminants to th* mleroflor* can alao be u**d.  Uh*n
applicable, biological processes may offer th* advantage of partial or
complete deatructlon of the contaminants rather than slnply transferring th*
pollution to another phase of the environment.

     Technologies for bloreatoratlon of polluted aquifer, hav* resulted  from
recent research Indicating that aubsurface mlcroorgsnlsma exist, are
•etebollcally active and often nutritionally divan*.  A review, publlihad
by  Dunlep and HcMabb (1473) of the Robert S. Kerr Environmental R*ae*rch
Laboratory, addressed subsurface biological activity In relation to ground
water pollution end Initiated most of th* research In this area .  Before
publication of the review, the concept of biological activity below the
rhlroepher* had not been widely received.  Hlcroblologlsta ware skeptical
sbout biological activity In the subsurface becaus* of ollgotrophlc
condition, below the rhliosphere (Leenh**r *t *l., 1974) and an early study
which had Indicated that mlcroblel number* decreesed preclpltouely with
depth (Uakaman, 19UK

Sampling Hethod* for Subsurface Mlcrob.a—
     A document that described aaapllng methods for subsurface ulcroorganlaauj
was published In 1977, by the Knvlronmentel Protection Agency (DunUp et
al., 1977).  Th* method for procuring a representative aampl* of unconsoll-
datad aubaurfac* soil has since been modified (Wilson *t el., 1981).  A  soil
•ample la collected by flrat drilling a borehole to e dealred depth with an
aug*r and than taking th* sample with a core barrel.  After sample
procurement, th* cor* le extruded through a it.rll. paring device that
remove* the outer layar of soil thst hae come In contact with the cor*
barrel.  The remaining .oil core Is thus uncontamlnated by the sampling
procedure and representative of the aubaurfac*.

     Investigation* of mlcroblel activity In the subsurface conducted prior
to the development of the sampling techniques were equivocal beeauae of  the
potential for contamination during sample procurement.  In addition, many of
the Investigation* were conducted using u*ll wator Instead of core
materiel.  Recent evidence suggests that the majority of aubcurface
microorganisms are associated with soil particles (Harvey et al.,  1984).  In
addition, well water may contain microorganisms that are artlfacta of the
well becaua* of cubsurface contamination during well installation and
changea In water quality around the wall.
                                                                                                                                  35

-------
HlcrobUl dumber. In the Sub.urface--
     H.thod. to .nuMrat. th. .ub.urfac. mlcroflora al.o hav. ba.n
developed.  Il.ctron .Uroacopy. vl.bl. count*, .plfluore.c.nc. nlcro.copy.
and Me*ur»..nt« of bloche.lcal co.pon.nt. have been uaed to ..tlMt.
•Icroblal blo«.« (Chlor.. «nd B.lkwlll. 1985; Chlor*. and B.lkwlll. 198J;
Ull.on «t al.. 1983; S.lth et ml.. 1*84; Stetienb.eh et •!.. 1»B4; Snlth «t
el.. 1985; Balkwlll tnd Chlor*., 1985; Bon. and Balkwlll. 198«; W.beter et
• 1., 1985; Whit. «t al.. 1983; Hoo. «nd Sehw.l.furth, 1982; Ihrlleh «t ml.,
1983; P.derle et «t.. 1984).  In contr..t to Uek.iaan'. .tudy (1914) which
r.port.d  th.t .Icroblal number, declined with depth, unlforn population
level, around IO*-10T cella/g dry poll. .eaaured by eplfluore.eence
•Icro.copy. w«r. reported for profll.. of uncontamln.t.d .hallow  aquifer.
(Chlor.e  .nd Salkwlll.  198S; U.b.t.r «t »!..  1985; Ullion »t ml..  196J;
Chlora.  and Balkvlll. 1983; Balkwlll and Chlor...  1985; Bon. and  B.lkwlll.
im).   How.v.r. baet.rla In a  chalk aquifer  (consolidated) wer.
aporadlcally dlatrlbot.d with d.plh  (To-l.r «t  ml.,  198S).  Clo»«
•xuluatlon of  th.  .ubiurf.c.  ttrat.  Indlcat... patehln.ja of, bact.rlal
population.;  »a«pl.»  fro. th.  top  of  th. un.aturat.d ion. of an •«•'"'•"
aqulf.r  yl.ldwl th. hlfh.ft count, wh.r...  tho«.  fro* b.drock  and confining
 lay.ra yU>ld»d  th»  low.ft total counts (B.loln .t al.,  198»).

 MUroblal Ecology  of  th. Sub.urfac.--           '
      B.et.rla .r.  th. predominant for* of •lcroor»anli» oba.rv.d In th.
 •ubturfac. although a f»w hlgh.r llf. fon.. h.v.  b..n d.t.ct.d (Ull.on .t
 .1.. 198J; Chlor.. «.d Balk-Ill. 1985; whit. »t .1.. 1983).   Sow •uc.ryotlc
 for., which may b. fung.l «por.. or y.a.t c.lll h.v. b..n obi.rv.d In th.
 upp.r 10 m of a .oil profit. (Chlor.. and Balkwlll, 1983;  Hoo. and
 Schw.l.furth. 1982; F.d.rl. .t »!..  1984J.   Baet.rla. prototoa. and fungi
 h.v. b..n d.t.et.d In ...pi., of ground w.t.r eoll.et.d from on.-y.ar-old
 w.ll. (Hlr.ch .nd «.d..-Rohkohl. H83).  In addition. . .low-growing aao.ba
 hat b..n l.olat.d and eultur.d fro« th. ground wat.r Int.rfac. of an
 unconta»lnat.d .oil  (B.lkwlU and Chlor... 1985; B.loln .t .1..  1984).

 H.tabollc Activity of  th.  Sub.urf.c. Mlcrobl.l Coi««.nlty--
      org.nlc .att.r  that .nt.r. th. unconla»lnet.d .ub.urf.c.  1. u.u.lly th.
 .or. r.fr.ctory hu«lc  .ub.t.nc.. which r..l.t d.gr.datlon whll.  p.rcol.tlng
 through th. biologically .ctlv. .oil ion..  Th. organic mat.rlal av.ll.bl.
 for n.tabolla. by  th.  .ub.urfac. .Icroflora  1. lU.ly to b. In low
 conc.ntr.tlon  and  difficult to d.gr.d..  Th. majority of »leroorg.nl.«.
 pr.i.nt In .uch nutrl.nt-poor  .nvlrotw.nt. .r. g.n.r.lly ollgotrophlc.
 Ch.ract.rUatlon of  th. .ub.urf.c. .leroflor.  Indlc.t..  th.t  th. baet.rla
 ar. u.u.lly  .ull.r  «1.0  vm  In .!«•)  than  tho.. In .utrophle
 .nvlrom.«nt. and both  Cra. po.ltlv.  and n.jatlv. c.ll typ.. ar. P"""'
  (Chlor.. and Balkvlll.  1983; Wll.on  .t .1..  1983; Chlor..  and Balkwlll
  198S).   Cra« po.ltlv.  for.,  pr.do.lnat.  In .any  uncontanlnat.d .oil..  Tn.
 Pr.do.ln.nc. of .Mil. coccold c.ll.  and h.nc. a l.rg. .urf.c. to yolu«
  ratio  for .nh.ne.d nutrl.nt upt.k..  1. . llk.ly nwchanl.. for .urv val  In  an
  ollgotrophlc .nvlronm.nt .uch aa th. uncontanlnat.d .ub.urfae. (Ull.on .t
  .1   19»3>    In eonlrait,  tubfurfac. toll eontanlnat.d with er.o.ot. wa.t.
  w.i found to contain mor.  bloi«.. and a gr.at.r proportion of Cra- n.j.tlv.
  to Cram po.ltlv. .Icrob..  wh.n co^)ar.d to uncontaalnat.d .oil fro. th.  .a»*
  .It. (Smith .t .1.. 1985;  S.lth .t al.. 1984).
     Studio h.v. .l.o Indicated 'that .any lub.urf.c. nleroorg.nl... .r.
aatabolIcally actlv*.  Of th. tot^l c.ll count, about 0.01 to 50 p.rc.nt can
b. r.cov.r.d by plating on .olid madia and .bout 1 to 10 p.rc.nt .xhlblt
r.aplr.Lory activity mua.ur.d by th. reduction of 2-(p-lodoph*nyl)
-l-p-nltroph.nyl)-5-ph.nyl t.tr.xolltua chlorld. by cytochro.*. (B.lkwlll and
Chlor...  1985; W.b.tnr .t .1., 1985).  Hlerobl.l activity. ..a.ur.d by th.
hydrolyal. of fluor.ic.ln dlac.tat., d.clln.d with d.pth In th. un.aturat.d
ion. of Ultl.ol. .nd Alfl.ol. (r.d.rl. .t al., 1984); how.v.r,
2-(p •lodoph.nyl)-3-(p-nltroph.nyl)-5-ph.nyl t.tr.zollu. chlorld. r.ductlon
varl.d gr.atly b.tw.an .trata of a .oil profll. obtaln.d fro. • .hallow
aqulf.r (B.loln *t al., 1984).

     H.ny .ub.urfac. nlcroorg.nl.m. ar. nutritionally dlv.r.. (Tabl. 2-3).
Slmpl. aub.tr.t.. .uch a. gluco.., glutualc acid, arglnln., a .Ixtur. of
anlno acldi, and a .ynth.tlc compound, nltrllotrlac.tle .eld. w.r.
.In.rallt.d In aaatpla. of uncontaminated ground wat.r (L.r.on and V.ntullo,
1983).  Polar iolv.nt. .uch ai ac.ton., liopropanol, ..thanol, eth.nol. and
t.rt-butanol .l.o h.v. h..n r.port.d to d.gr.d. ..roblcally by .ub.urfac.
•Icroorganl.aa (Wovak .t al., 19A4; Jhav.rl and Haizacca. 1983).   More
challenging contajalnant. th.t are a.roblcally d.grad.d by .ub.urf.c.
•Icroorg.nl.n. Include th. ..thyl.t.d b.ni.n.., chlorlnat.d benzene. (Kuhn
•t al., 1985). chlorlnat.d phenol. (Sufllta and Miller, 1985). .nd ..thyl.n.
chlorld.  (Jhav.rl and Mazzacca.  1983).  Highly llpophlllc coapound. .uch a*
naphthal.n.. ..thylnaphthal.n... dlb.nzofuran, fluor.n., and phen.nthr.n.
ar. al.o  blotran.formed In th. .ub.urf.c. (Ull.on .t .1.. 1985; L«e and
Uard. 1985).

     Th.  .leroflora In .on. uncont.mlnat.d .oil* r.qulr. llttl. or no
accll.atlon p.rlod to d.grad. many x.noblotlc..  For .xuapl., tolu.n.,
chlorob.nz.n*. and broBOdlchloronethan. war. blotran.form.d In
uncontaialnat.d .oil, but not 1.2 dlchloro.than.,  1,1,2-trlchloroethanc,
trlchloroethylen*. and tetrachloro.thyl.n. (Ull.on et al.. 1983).  B.ni.n..
tolucn. and th* xylcn. l*om«r> ware found to d.grad. In unconta.ln.ted
lub.urfac* loll. (Bark.r and Patrick, 1984).  In addition, atethenol (80-100
pp.) waa  d.gr.d.d co.pl«t.ly aft.r two .onth., wba£mam_t«^rt-butaijo_l__d.grad.d
•uch .lower In two uncontamlnated ana.roble aqulfar. (Uhlt. ct al., 198O.

     In contra.t to report, of degradation of xenoblotle. In uncontamlnated
.all, long period, of eccllwatlon to .ub.urf.c. pollutant, auy b. required
bafor. blod.gradation can occur.   Wll.on .t al. (1985) r.port.d d.gr.datlon
of naphthal.n., 1-m.thyl  naphthalene,  2-methyl naphthalene, dkbenzofuren  and
fluor.n.  at 100-1000 yt/1 In .ub.urf.c. .oil In th. plun. of contamination
froa a crao.ot. wait, pit;  how.var, degradation of  th... compound,  wa*  not
ob.erved  In'uncontanlnated  .oil  fro. the «•»• .Ite.   The tl.e end
concentration required for acclimation of the .Icroflora to aubaurface
pollutant, arc unknown.  Spain and Van Veld (1983)  r.port.d a thrv.hold
concentration of 10 ppb for adaptation to p-nltrophenol  In .aople.  of
..dlnant  and natural water.   A better undent.ndlng of acclliutloit  proc.....
nay nxplaln why Boa. chemical, p.r.l.t In th. .ub.urfac. .yen though they
have been reported to degrad. in laboratory culture,  and .ample,  of  water
and .oil.
                                       34
                                                                                                                             37

-------
TABU
   J.J.  OICAJIIC COHPOOWOS  THAT KAVI MM SHOW* TO  BC  BIOOICIUDABLt IH
        Till  SUBSURTACI
Compound
                       Soil from
                      Contaminated
                         Area
                                       Aerobic      Reference
 Natural Compound*
      glucote
      glutamlc  acid
      arglnlne

 Solvent*
      ecetone
      ethenol
      liopropanol

      tert-butanol
      •ethano!
                       no
                        ye*
                        ye*
      broi»odlchloro»»t»HU»e  no
  Aromatic*
       benzene
       xylene
       methylated bentene*  ye*
       chlorinated benzene*

       chlorinated phenol*  y*»
naphthalene          *••
dlbenzofuran
fluorene
phenanthrene

toluene              no
ehlorobencane
              r.«t.r, ,
     »nvlrow*.nt«l
,ub.urr.e. ors.nlc
R.c.UUr.ne. of co-pound,
'ye*


 »••


 ye*


 ye*


 ye*


 ye*




  ye*
           Ltrton end Ventullo,
             mi
           Jhaverl and
             Mazzaece. 1983
                                                    Uov»k at al..  148*
                                                       Ullton  at  el..
                                                    B«rk«r «nd Patrick,
                                                      148)

                                                    Kuhn «t tl. . 198S
                                                     Sufllt.  »nd  Miller.
                                                       1485

                                                     Wilton «t «1.,  1485;
                                                       L*« md Wird. 148S
                                                         Ullion «t *!.,  1483
                                                              r..ult fro-
                                                              . ln.«..lbll lly
in Ih. iub>urf>c<> alto >rf*ct> blodagrtdaUon.   Traniport li dltcuattd In
detail In Sactlon II. P.

     Blod»(r>d>tlon of many organic pollutanta  In th« aubiurfaca Bay b*
lUltad by Iniufflclant  oxygan.  Alaxandar (1980) raportad that avan tha
MttbollH of cirbohydrttai aay ba Inhibited In o>cyjen-d«pletad
•nvlronnant*.  Laa and Ward (198S) found that tha rata and axtant of
blotranafornatlon of naphthalene, 2-nethyl naphthalene, dlbenxofuran,
fluorene, and phenanthrena ware (ratter In oxygenated ground water than In
oxygen-depleted weter.  Contrary to funeral theory that complete degradation
(•Inerallzatlon) of hydroearbona require! nolecular oxygen, oore recant
ra*earch tuggetti that alternate ptthwiyt axltt uudar anaerobic condition!.
Kuhn et al. (198S) reported Mineralization of xylene* In aaaplea of river
alluvlua under denitrifying condltloni.  In addition, benzene, toluene, the
xylenea, and other alkylbenzenea were netabollzed In Bethinogenlc river
lUuvtun that had been contanlntted with landfill leachate (Ullton and Reea,
1985); Mineral Izatlon of toluene wai confirmed  by adding l4C-labellad
toluene and nvaiurlng the anount of **COj produced.  Crblc-Callc and
Vogel (148») alao reported •Inorellzatlon of toluene and benzene under
anaerobic condition* by  a oathanogenle consortium aecllBeted to ferulate.
Further teata Indicated  that water aupplled the oxygen that la flrat
Incorporated Into the toluene and benzene ring  (Vogel and Crblc-Celle, 1484).

     The pretence of oxygen Bay Inhibit the blodegradatlon of Many
halogtnalad aliphatic conpoundt In the lubturface.  Degradation of
trlhaloeuthanea, trlchloroethylene, and tetrachloroethylene did not occur l«
eeroblc cultures of aewage bacteria; however, the trlhaloaethanei were
degraded anaeroblcally by ialxed culture* of nethanogena (Bouw*r et al.,
1981).  In addition. Bouwer and McCtrty (1983b) reported that chloroform.
carbon tetrachlorlda and bronlnated trlhaloaethanei, but not chlorinated
benzene* , ethylbenzene,  or naphthalene were blotranifomed under
denitrifying condition*.

     In addition to oxygen, other nutrient* nay Holt the blodegradatlon of
ortmlc pollutant* In the *ub*urf*c*.  Inorganic nutrient*. *ueh a* nitrogen
and phoiphoroui, «ay be  Uniting when the ratio* of carbon to nitrogen or
phoaphoroua exceed that  necexery for nlcroblel proceaee*.  On the other
hend. the pretence of aulfata nay Inhibit otathanogenlc coniortl* that hive
been reported to dehalogenete and mineralize many chlorinated aromatic
coopoundt (Sufllt* and Glbion. 1985; Sufllta and Miller. 1985).

     The effect of lubitrat* concentration on blodegredatlon of organic
compound* In aurfaca tollt and wttert he* been  documented (Alexander,
19S5).  Threihold* below which degradation 1* (low or doe* not occur may
•xltt for compound* that are readily biodegradable at higher
concentration*.  Boethllng and Alexander (1979) reported thet let* thtn 10
percent of 2.4-dlchlorophenoxy*cet*t* at concentration* of 22 pg/ol and 2.2
ng/ml we* mineralized In atream water wherea* about 8O percent wa*
•Inerallzed et higher concentration* of 0.22 and 22 iig/ml.  On the other
hand. •lcroorg*nl*m* may be Inhibited or killed by high concentration* of
organic pollutant* that  reault from Injection well* end haterdou*  wavte
•Itea.  Lee (19Bt) reported thet glucoae mineralization wa* Inhibited In
                                         38
                                                                                                                             39

-------
subsurface .oil h..vll»  cont.»ln.t.d  with  cr.o.otes how.«r. glucose we,
.lr,.r.lU.d In uncont«ln.t.d and .lightly eont«ln.t.d cor. -t.rlal fro.
th. same lit*.
     Oth.r factor* .uch  a. .orpllon.  pH .nd temperature may .1" .ff.ct
blod.gr.d.tlon of pollut.nl. In th. .ub.urf.c..   Many  of  th. organ c
compound. eonta.ln.tlng  th. .ub.urf.c. .r. highly llpophlllc.  Th. .
compound. are .orb.d b,  .oil -or. .trongly than  th. more  ky«"P»ille
          (Hutchl*. .t .1.. »«)•  Sorptlon «y .nhanc.  •>«8«-.d.tlon by

                                                              "
                    ssss-srs-jsisr srs-rsss/s:  ss
 nuUn.c.v.nglng  In uncont»ln.t.d aqulf.r. which .r. g.n.r.lly
 olUotrophl"  n^.r. .orptlon «, compete with the .leroflor. foe
 .ub.urf.e.  pollutant* th.t .r. c.l«tl».ly nydrophoblc.

                                     s

 • pH of t.O than 5.0.

  b.t«.n p.tral.u- hydroe.rbon d.jr.d.lloa »nd t«p.r.tur..

       In .unury. th.  .ub.urf.e. .nvlron».nt eonl.ln. «lerob.. th.t
  ..ny of trSw"le co^ound. th.t  eont-ln.t. ,round w.t.r   Th.
  "crooc,.nl.«  In uneont»ln.t.d  .,ulf.r. .r. UV.ly »« *« »»JJ
  Th. «.Jorlty of th. •UroorBtnUiu  «r. ...ocl.t.d with .oil p.rtlcl..
                  cf .d.pt.d  popul.tlon.. .nvlron-nt.l f.etor. .uch ..
  blod.tr.d.tlon of .ub.urf.e. poUut.nt..
                                       40
2.  Blo.tlmul.tlon by Addition of Llmltlnit HutrUnt.

D«v.lopB.nt of  th. £n Situ Blo.tlnul.tlon Proe... with Oicrt.n Supplied
by Air Sp.rflni-•
     Appllcitlon of  th. dittr.d.tlv. .etlvlty of aubturf.e. »terob.«- -Th.
pot.ntl.l for blod.gr.d.tlon of org.nlc compound. In conta«ln.t.d .qulf.r.
w.. flr.t r.port.d In 1971.  B.et.rl. e.p.bl. of dugr.dlni hydror.rbon. u.r«
obi.rv.d In *n  .r*.  cont.mln.ted with g.iolln.i haw.v.r. blod.gr.datlon of
the B.'olin. w*. 1 tailed by th. >v.liability of oxygen. Btn.r.1 nutrl.nt*.
.nd hydroc.rbon .urf.ca *r«. (WLHltme and Wilder. 1971).  Ullllui. end
Wilder (1971) .uBKvited Hist th.i. hydroc.rbon-d.fir.dlnE becterl. could b.
u.ed to clem th. .qulf.r of r.cldu.l ti.ollne; however, concern w..
*xpr....d th.t  b.et.rl.l growth would plug the well .nd formation.  O.vl. et
.1. (1972) recommended cupplylng th. Indigenous mlcroflor. vlth nutrl.nt.,
oxytcn, .nd eoliture r.th.r tli.n Inoculetlng th. (ub.urf.c. with comerlc.l
biologic.1 product*  .uch ** drl.d b.eterl.l culture..  Oxyjta-limited
d.fr.d.tlon of  hydrocarbon, w.. reported by McKee et .1. (1972) In .tudie*
de.lgned to Investigate the f.t. of geiollne trapped In th. pore .pece of
..nd eoluBA*.  S.v.r.l .p.elel of Pt.udoaon.. .nd Arthrobacter were liolited
fro* ground w.ter. ...ocl.ted with • (..ollne oplll .nd uce.2 in the coluen
experiment..  Th. tot.l number of ge.olln. degr.dlng becterle In the ground
w.t.r numbered  ov.r  50,000 cells/ml In th. containln.t.d zone, but lei. than
200 cell./ml  h.d be.n found In the uncontenln.ted woll. «n4 In wells where
ga.olln. h.d not b..n detuctttd for . y..r.  Th.'pr.s.nc. of high number, of
g..olln..d.gr.dlng becterl. w*. augge.ted .. an Indicator of cleanup
progrea*.  In th. column study, the b.ct.rl. rapidly degraded th. gasoline
in th. con. of  aeration but .lowly degrad.d that in th. saturated zone.   In
a similar itudy, Litchfleld and Clark (1971) •iium»r.t*d hydrocarbon-degrading
bact.rl. in ground wat.ra from 12 .ita. which wore contaminated with
petroleum.  The number* of hydrocarbon-degrading b.ctarla ranged from 10*
to 10* colls/ml, with similar nunbar. of both aerobic and mlcroaerophllle
organisms, in ground waters containing more than 10 ppm hydrocarbon.  Hydro-
carbon-degrading bacteria were found in ground water from all 12 site.;
however, on a stt« by sit. bail*, there were no relationships between the
type* of organisms,  the type of petroleura contamination, th. geological
characteristic), or  the geographical location of th. sit*.

     Application of  th. dvgradatlv. capacity of aub.urfac. microorganism, to
r.itoro gasoline-contaminated ground w.t.r was fir.t demonstrated by
t.ymond, J.nl.on, Hudson ind coworker. .t Sunt.ch (L«. and Ward, 1983).   In
1974. Raymond (1974) received . p.t.nt on . process deslgn.d to remove
hydrocarbon contaminants from ground waters by stimulating th* Indigenous
•icrobl.l population with nutrients and oxyg.n.  Oxygen .nd nutrient, are
Introduced Into the  formation through injection wells and production well.
w.r. used to circulate them through th. aquifer.  Placement of the well, was
dependant on th. «res of contamination and the poroilty of th. formation.
but usually no  closer than 100 ft .part.  Th. nutrl.nt amendment consl.t. of
nitrogen, pho.phoruc, .nd other inorganic ..Its, a. required, et
concentration*  of O.OOS to 0.02 percent by weight;  oxyg.n wa* supplied by
sparging air Into th. ground wnt.r.   Th. proceos wa*  projected to require
about six months to  achieve degradation of 90 percont  of the hydrocarbons  If
th. growth rat. of th. microorganisms wa* 0.02  g/L  par d.y.   Th. number* of
                                                                                                                           41

-------
b«ct»rlnl oil* were expected to return to anblent Iwele oncu the addition
of nutrient* was terminated.   The proceie wa* expected to be mac* efficient
In totting ground water contaminated with leio thin 40 pfm of gaiollne.

     First application of the blast Imitation proee«s--A pipe line le*k In
Ambler. Pennsylvania was tin  Mrtt site where Raymond's patent on
biorestorstlon was demonstrated.  An estimated 380,000 L of high octane
gasolln* had leaked Into t highly fractured dolomite outcrop underlaid by
quartzlte (Reymond et al.. 19)5).  Depth to the water table ranged from 9.7
to 30.i • In the 4t nonltorlng walli Installed tt the lite.  Before
blorestoretlon was attempted, conventional pump and treat technologic* were
u**d a* remedial action.  Containment of the gasoline was exhlaved by
continuously puaplng water from well* located In the splli area.  About
738,000 L of the gasoline wa* recovered by physical method*; however, the
recovery prograa wa* Incomplete end approximately 119.000 L of reildual
gasolln* remained.  The concentration of dissolved gaiollne In the withdrawn
ground water averaged lei* th»n 5 pp».  The tine required for restoration of
the aquifer using thl* punp and treat technique we* estimated to be more
than  100 yeart.

      Problem*  In analyzing the concentration of re*ldual hydrocarbon* during
the puiap and treat phaie were later attributed to the presence of
hydrocarbon degrading bacteria  (Raymond et al.. 1475).  A program deilgned
to lnv*itlg«t«  the potentlel for blodegradatlon of the gasoline by the*e
organism* wee  then Initiated.  A laboratory atudy Indicated that aupplements
of elr.  Inorganic nitrogen, and phosphate salts could Increase the nunbers
of hydrocarbon-degrading bacteria by one  thoussnd-fold .  Blodegrade-
 tion  of 1  liter of  gatollno was  estimated to require  44 g  of  nitrogen. 22 g
of phosphorus, and  730  g  of  oxygon.   However.  Bauhr and Corpcloglu  (1985)
estimated that degradation of a pound  (0.63  liter) of gasoline  requires
3.5 g of uxygen.    Batch addition  of  the nutrlonts worked  ss  well ss
continuous addition and was  more cost-effective;  however,  high concentra-
 tions of nutrients nay  osnotlctlly shock the microorganisms (Raymond  et  •!.,
 197*).  Oxygen was supplied  by  sparging elr Into  the  wells  using pslnt
 tpray«r-type  compre**ors and  Carboundum dlffusers with a  flow ret*  of 0.06
n^/mln.  As a result, the bscterlil  population Increased  from sbout  103
 to 107 cells/ml.   High  bacterial counts mirrored  location*  of high
 ga*ollne concentration* at  th«  alte  (Raymond et  at..  1975).

      During the bloatlnulatlon  progrim at the  Ambler. Pennsylvania  «lte. 32
 cultures of bacteria that actively metabolized gasoline were  Isolated «nd
 characterized; the Isolates  Included specie* of  the  genera Hocardla.
 pledgeuccu*. Aclnetubacter. rlavpbecterlua.  and  Paoudomona*;  some  cultures
 could not be Identified.  Studle* were conducted  to  determine the  metabolic
 capabilities of these  l*olstes  (Janlaan et si..  1976).  The date suggested
 that the Hocardla cultures were  largely responsible  for the degradetlon of
 the aliphatic hydrocarbons wherea• thoie  from  the genu*, Pieudomona*.
 degraded the aromatic*.  Branched paraffins, oleflns, or cyclic alkanes did
 not support the growth of eny Isolate.  Co-oxidation may have played a major
 role In the blodegradatIon of these organic*.  An alternative hyyothe*!*  1*
 that the bacteria capable of degrading thege compound! wera not Isolated.
 The lack of mlcroblal growth on  some types of  hydrocarbons may result from
 the toxlclty or structure of the substrate.  Strslght chain allphatlcs which
 srs las* than 10 carbon* In length can be toxic whereas longer chain* and
 branched ajkanes ere often resistant to mlcroblal attack (Sufllta, 1985).
 Substitutions on sromatlcs that sre biodegradable may render  them  recal-
 citrant.  Muddleston et al. (1986) gave the following order for petroleum
 hydrocarbon constituents, in ordur of decreasing blodegradablllty:  linear
 alkenes CiO-19« gees* €2.4. ilkene* Cj.o,, brenched alkenes Cjj,
 alkenes Cj_n,  branched alkenes, uromitles, and cycloalkanes.

     The bioreclamation prograa conducted by Suntech it Ambler. Pennsylvania.
 was rtesonsbly successful.   During the period of nutrient addition, the
 concentration of gasoline In the ground weter did not decline; however
 gssoltne could not be detected In ground water 10 months later (Raymond et
 al., 1976).  A thousand-fold Increase In the number* of total end
 hydrocarbon-degrading bacteria we* observed In ground water from many well*
 (Raymond et al.. 1975).  The waters from some wells exhibited foaming
 because of high mlcrubla) numbers and associated •xopolyssccharldea.   Counts
 of mlcroorgsnlsms determined one yeer efter nutrient addition was terminated
 Indicated thet  the mlcroblal population had declined.  Eitlmate* based on
 the amount of nitrogen end phosphorus removed from the nutrient solution
 suggested that  between 88.400 and 112,400 L of gasoline were degraded.
However, this estimate was  not particularly accurate because sone of  the
nutrients nay have been adsorbed by soil  or lost from the bloetlnulstlon
 are* by dilution.   In addition,  the eatlmstes were baled on dlacrete  samples
 rather than composited simple*.   I.erge quentltle* of nutrient* were ueed In
 this project; approximately /9 metric tons of food grade resgents were
 purchased.

     Steps In the blostlsiulstlun process—The Ambler. Pennsylvania  site  csse
history is an example of  the blostlmulatlon process.   The  basic step*
 involved In an  in situ bloreftoratIon program are the following:   1)  lite
 Investigation;   2)  free product  recovery;   3) mlcroblal  degradation
 enhancement study;   4) system  design;   S)  operation;  and   6)  monitoring  (Lee
 end Ward,  1986).   The first step in  the process is to define  thv
 hydrogeology and the extent of contamination  of the  site.   Important
hydrogeologlc characteristics  include  the  direction  and  rete  of ground water
 flow,  the  depthe to  the water  table  and to the  contaminated zone,  the
 specific yield  of  the aquifer, and  the  heterogeneity  of  th» soil.   In
 addition,  hydraulic  connections  between aquifer*,  potential recharge and
dlicharge  arua*.  and fluctuation* in  the water  table  must be considered.
Th« sustainable  pumping rate must also  be  determined  (Roux, 1965; Brown et
si.,  1985s).  These  parameters can be determined  by surveying  the existing

-------
data for that lit* and region, resonnslssanee by experienced hyrtro-
geologlsts, geophysical surveys, excavation of lot pita, and Inataltatlon
of boreholes and monitoring well* (Josephson. 1963).  Low dissolved oxygen
concentration* may Indicate an active xon« of hydrocarbon blodegradatlon
(Chtffce and Uelmer, 1983).  The typal and concentration! of contaminants It
al«o Important (Brown et ml., 1985a).  The type of remedial action chosen
depend! on the tine elapied clnce the iplll, the ereel extent of
contamination, the nature of contaminants and whether the contamination la
acute, chronic, or periodic.  The urgency for action and the treatment level
thet »utt be achieved will depend on the potential for contamination of
drinking water or agricultural water well*.

     After defining the elte hydrogeology. the next step It recovery of free
product.  Depending on tho characteristics of the  aquifer and eontsmlnants.
free product can account  for  a* much •• 91 percent of the spilled
hydrocarbon  (Brown  et ml., 1985s).  The remaining  hydrocarbon, which le
•orbed  to  the  »oll  and dissolved  In the ground water, may account  for  9 to
40 percent of  the total hydrocarbon (pilled;  the majority  le usually torb*d,
however, the dlnolved phaee  le  the mo it  difficult to treat.  Tho  pure
product can be removed using  techniques described  In sections II B.2.  an  D.
Physical recovery often accounts  for only JO to  40 percent  of the  spilled
hydrocarbon before  yields decline (Ysnlga and Mulry, 1985).

      Prior to  In  situ treatment.  * laboratory study  Is  conducted to  determine
 the nutrient  requirements that  will enable  the  Indigenous microorganisms  to
 efficiently degrade the contaminants (Lee and Ward.  198Sb).  Kaufman  (1984)
 suggested  th»t thdie  laboratory studies  csn provide  e reliable  basis  for
 field trials;  however,  the studies must  be  performed under  conditions  that
 almulete the field.  For  example. Kuhlneler and  Sunderltnd  (1984)  conducted
 a laboratory Investigation of the unsaturatedT tone using samples  saturated
 with ground water.   Clearly,  the results  of their study do  not  represent  the
 fate of the organlcs In the unsaturated tone.  A chemical  analysis of  the
 ground water provides little Information about the nutrient requirements  of
 the mlcroflora (Raymond et al., 1978).   However, the chemistry  of  the site
 will affect the nutrient forauletlon.  For example, large quantities of
 oxygen may be consumed to oxidize  reduced Iron (Hallberg and Hartlnell,
 1974).  In addition, nutrients may sorb onto soils, especially silts and
 clays and be unavailable to the mlcroflore (BrubaVor and Crockett, 1984).
 Limestone and high mineral content soils and ground waters will also affect
 nutrient availability by reacting  with the phosphorus.

      Nutrient requirements are usually site specific.  Wltrogen and
 phosphorus were required at the  Ambler lite  (Raymond et al., 1974a);
 however,  the  addition of aimonlum  sulfate. mono-end dlaodlua phosphate.
 itagncilum sulfate. sodlu* carbonate, calcium chloride, manganese  sulftte,
 and ferrous sulfate was  required si other sites (Raymond st al.,  1978;
 Klnugh et ml., 1983).  The fora  of the nutrient may also be Important;
  uimonlum  nitrate was less efficient than sjaaonlum sulfsle In one  aquifer
  system.

       Laboratory  atudles  conducted to determine  appropriate nutrient
  formulations  can be  performed  using  a number of techniques.  An Increese In

                                       44
 the number of total and hydrocarbon degrading bacteria has boen used to
 Identify limiting nutrients In a factorial t>xparlm«ntal design (Raymond at
 al.,  1974, 1978).  However, an Increase In nlcroblal numbers does not
 demonstrate that the substrate of Interest Is being used.  Batch culture
 techniques designed to measure the disappearance of the contaminant
 (riathman end Clthens, 1985) and electrolytic resplroneter studies designed
 to measure the uptake of oxygen slso have been used (riathsan et al.,
 DBS).  The result* of another laboratory Investigation Indicated thst
 dissolved oxygen was the primary factor limiting blodegradatlon of aroutlc
 contaminants at a wood creototlng alte rather than Inorganic nutrients (Lee,
 1984).  Blotrenafornatlon studies which measure the disappearance of the
 contaminants or silnartllzatlon studies which Indicate the complete
 destruction of the compound to ctrton dioxide and water will confirm that
 the contaminant* are being degraded.  Controls to detect abiotic
 transformation of the pollutants and tests to detect toxic effects of the
 contaminants on th* mlcroflora should be Included (Flathman et al., 19S4).

      A system for Injection of nutrients Into the formation and circulation
 through the contaminated portion of the aquifer oust be designed and
 constructed (Lee and Ward, 198Sb).  The aye-tern usually Includes Injection
 and production welle and equlpnunt for the addition end mixing of the
 nutrient solution (Raymond, 1978).  A typical systea Is shown In Figure
 2-1.  Plscement of Injection and production wells may be restricted by the
 presence of physical atructures.   Wells should be screened to auconaodete
 ssasonal fluctuations In the level of the water table.   Air can b« supplied
 with  carborundum dlffusers (Raymond et al., 1975), by sueHer dlffusers
 constructed from a ehort piece of OuPont Vlaflo tubing (Raymond et al..
 1978), or by dlffusers spaced along air lines burled In the Injection lines
 (Klnugh et al., 1983).   The site of the compressor and the number of
dlffusers are determined by the extent of contamination and the time allowed
 for treatment (Raymond.  1978).   nutrients also can be circulated ualng en
 Infiltration gallery (Figure 2-2); this method provides an additional
advantage of treating the reslduel gesollne that  may be trapped In the pore
spaces of tlie unsaturated zone (Brenoel and Brown, 1985).   Oxygen also can
be supplied using hydrogen peroxide, otone.  or soil  venting (see vectlon  on
alternative oxygen sources).   Well Installation should  be  performed  under
the direction of a hydrogeologlst to ensure adequate circulation of  the
ground water (Le* and Ward, 1985b).   Produced water  csn be recycled  to
reclrculate unused nutrients,  avoid disposal  of potentially contaminated
ground water, and avoid  the need  for makeup water.

     Inorganic nutrients can  be added to  the  subsurface  once the eystem Is
constructed.   Continuous Injection of the nutrient solution Is  labor
 Intensive,but provides a more constant  nutrient supply  than a discontinuous
process.   Continuous addition of  oxygen le  recommended because  the oxygen  Is
 likely to be a limiting  factor  in  hydrocarbon degradation.

     The performance of  the system and  proper distribution of the nutrients
can be monitored by measuring the  organic,  Inorganic, end bacterial  levels
 (Lee and  Ward,  1985b).   Carbon  dioxide  levels are also an Indicator of
mlcroblal activity  In the  formation  (Jhaverl and Hatzacca, 1985).  Depending
on the eharcterlstlcs of  the nutrient*  end soil, nutrients can be removed

                                    45

-------
 TO SEWER OR
 RECIRCULATE      	
   — —I            AIR
       ri      COMPRESSOR
                               II
                                        NUTRIENT
                                        (ADDITION
                                     COARSE
                                      SAND
             PRODUCTION WELL
                      WATER TABLE-
                         SPILLED MATERIALS -
                                                            WATER SUPPLY
                                                            -INJECTION WFLL
                                                              SPARGER
          tt//Jt't
                                 CLAY
figure 2-1.   Typical schematic for aerobic subsurface bloreatoratlon.
                                      I Addition
                     InfMlnlion O«M«l»


                         Tcsppsd M»d(oe»bon»
 Figure  2-2.  Uae of  Infiltration  gallery  for  reclrcul.tlon  of water  end
             nutrient*  In in  situ blorestoretlon.
fro* lolutlon by sorptlon onto loll  (Brubsker .nd CrocVett.  1*86).   About 90
percent of the ammonium end  phosphate end  70 percent of the  hydrogen
peroxide edded to • sandy toll with  low calcium.  magnesium.  and  Iron was
recovered.  After paaeage of a nutrient solution  through • eoliuui pack»d
wllh • city ioll thit h*d high ctlclua tnd Msn*ilun but low Iron and
chlorld* Uv*l*. 100. 44 «nd 2S p«re*nt of th* unaonlun, phoiphat*.  end
hydrofan pcroxld* w*r« r«eov«r*d,  r*ip«ctlv*ly.   How«v«r, «ft«r  p««t>s* of •
nutrUnt tolutlon throuth •  column pick.d  with •  city ioll hl|h  In  c»lelu«.
«*in»ilu», and chloride, but low In  Iron,  TS, 100; and IS percent of the
unonlun, photphttc,  tnd hydrogen  peroxide, retpect Ively, were recovered.
Both ioll end ground  water itaplei thould  be collected end tntlyxed  to fully
evaluate the treatment ef feetlvenei* (Roux. 1985).  Raymond  et al.  (197$)
reported that the matt difficult problaa In optlnltlng nlcroblal growth ID
the A»bler reaervolr  va» the dlitrlbutlon  of nutrlentf , which wa* Bade
difficult by the heterogeneity of  the doloalte formation.

     Additional ta«e  h(ttorl»» In  wblth oxygen wa« eqpplled  by »tr
tpinttnn — {n. iltu bloreitoratlon hai been  largely uied to treet  gaiollne
fplll* and with reasonably good tuccaa*.  However, many of the report* on |n
•ttu bloreatoratlon lack aufflclent  data to fully judge the  overall
effectlveneaa end coata aaaoelated with the proceie.

     In e high permeability land aquifer contanlnated with hydrocarbon* In
Hlllvllle. Hew Jeney, the in iltu bloreatoratlon prograa we* *ucce*aful In
rearavlng free product, but reildual  hydrocarbon wa* found at the lilt
•aapllng period (Raymond et  al., 1978).  The nutrient aolutlon waa Moved
through the formation at ratea of  6  to 14  ft/day, but dliaolved  oxygen we*
rapidly coniuaed and  did not Increase In *on* of  th* naln well*  at  all.
However, analysts of  cor* material collected from the aquifer Indicated that
the concentration of  gasoline had  not changed substantially  during  the
blostlsulatlon program.  During th*  Initial treatment process. Inadequate)
dissolved oxygen level* led  to the mlcrobl*! formation of phenol, but  th*
phenol level* declined as store aerobic condition* were achieved. A  ten to
on* thousand-fold Increase In th*  number of gasollne-ut 11 lilng bacteria was
noted In the area with the highest gasoline level*.  Th* clesnup met th*
state requirement of  removal of the  free gasoline and wa* subsequently
•topped.

     At a gasoline spill In  La Grange, Oregon, nine month* of treatment by
iQ iltu bloresloret ton and a vapor elimination program succeeded In  removing
the free product and  mitigating the  vapor  problem* at two restaurants
(Hlnugh et al.. 1)81); however, the  concentration of gasoline In the pit* In
th* blorestorstlon treatment area  still rsnged from 100 to SOO ppta  In  the
majority of the samples.  After an additional three month* of treetment. the
dissolved organic level* In  the ground water had  decreased from  en  average
of 20 ppm to !••• than S ppm In th*  majority of  th* samples.
           relessed from s  pipeline  spill  of gasolln* temporarily closed an
elementary school (Suntcch,  1978).   A punplng will  wa* ussd to maintain th*
water table below the school's  foundetlon  end physical recovery we*  used to
remove two-third* of th* gasoline.   An enhanced  blod*gradatlon program was
Initiated by circulating nutrient* and oxygen through th*  formation  for *lx
                                                                                                                           47

-------
month*.  After the cleanup, hydrocarbons could not be detected and the fumes
that had threatened the icliool had been el Imlneted.

     Minimum h^drosacbofLConcent ratlona »chl«v»bU by in altu blostlmulatlon-
The minimum concentration of hydrocarbon that on be echloved by in sj_tu
blorestorstlon is unknown and la moat likely lit* specific.  A natural
gradient field tttt In a candy Canadian aquifer required 434 day> to reduce
1.000 to 2,400 ppb of benzene, toluene, and tha xylene l«om«ra to balow the
detection llmlta (1 to 2 ppb) In tha abaanca of addad nutrlanti and oxygan
(Barker and Patrick. 116*).  Tha dlatrlbutlon of dissolved oxygen In tha
plume waa heterogeneous and probably controlled blodegradatlon of tha
aromatic*.

     Janaan at al. (1481) euggeeted that tha Indlganoua mlcroflura ahould ba
abla to reduce tha concentration of hydrocarbon* balow 1 ug/L whan tha
Initial hydrocarbon concentration is lei* than 10 ng/L and adequate
quantities of nutrlenta and oxygen ar«  auppllad.  Tha results of batch
experiment* utlng ground water  from hydrocarbon-contaminated aquifer* ihouad
that th* native mleroflora could generally  reduce  the concentration* of
toluene, benzene, xylene.  trlaiathyl benzene, naphthalene, methyl naphthalene,
blphenyl. ethyl naphthalene,  and dimethyl naphthalene from a rang* of 400 to
 1.100  t>g/L  to  lea* than 1  wg/L within  a week  In  tha  preaenea of oxygen
 and nutrlenta. however, phenanthrene and  toluene pereleted at higher
 concentration*  In  two  of tha  ground watera  after Incubation  for alx day*.

     Th*  concentration of  tree*  level  organic*  In  an aquifer may be reduced
by providing  a primary substrate that  aupport* mlcroblal growth and allow*
 th* organlim*  to act upon  th* trace level organic*  ea aecondary substrates
 (Bouwer.  1984).  Th* concentration of  tha trace  organic or «econd*ry
•ubitrat*  1*  thought to b* below the minima*  eubetrete concentration
 (S,,!,,)  required  to  support ailcrobial growth (Rlttnan and Kobayaahl,
 1982).  Th* S,,in concept waa  developed to describe  llmltatlona  related  to
 tranaport of  organic*  Into a  blofllai and  the  subsequent kinetic* of
 reaction.   There are  leveral  example*  of  Swjn.   A  reactor  fad  laboratory
 grcd*  water containing O.S9 a>g/L TOC waa  able  to reduce acetate below the
 Smln value (0.01 mg/L) for acetate.  Shlmp  end Pfaender  (1985)
 demonstrated  that  addition of fatty  acid*,  carbohydrates  and am I no acid*
 enhanced th*  ability  of  mixed mlcroblal population! to  degrade  *ubatltuted
 phenol*.   The** data  suggest that  th*  addition of  naturally  occurring
 substrates "ay enhance th* blodegradatlon potential of  some  xenoblotlea.
 However, the  addition of a primary *ubatr*t* euy not eupport the removal of
 some compound*.   A blofllm aupported by thyialne could utilise alanlne and
 acetate, both coonon metabolite*,  but  not phenol and galactoie (Rlttman and
 Kobayashl. 1982).

      Treatment traini—In  many  hydrogeologlc ayitem* which become
 contaminated  froi* leaking  underground  storage tank*, a remediation process
 •ay b* mo complex in term* of contaminant behavior and alte characterlatIc*
 that no on* system or unit will neat all  requirements.   Very often.  It li
 necessary to  combine several unit operation*. In aerie* and sometimes In
 parallel, into one treatment procen train In order to effectively reator*
ground water quality to a required level (Ulleon et al., 198»).  Exaieples of
treatment trains Include:        j

     (1)  physical containment with product removal and surface treetment;
     (2)  product removal with unaaturated zone flushing followed by In situ
          chemical treatment;
     (3)  physical containment with in, *_ltu physical/chemical treatment; and
     (4)  product removal followed by jjj situ biological treatment.

     Physical containment through barriers and hydrodynamlc controla alone
merely act aa temporary plume control measuraa.  However, hydrodynamlc
processes must also be Integral part* of any withdrawal and treatment or in
situ treatment meaaure*.  Moat reavedlctlon projecta where enhanced
bloreatoratlon ha* been applied have started by removing heavily
contaminated soils.  This waa usually followed by Installing pumping iyetarns
to remove free product floating on tha ground water, before bloreitoratlon
enhancement measure* were Initiated to degrade the more diluted portions of
the plume.

     There are numerous proven lurfaca treatment proceaae* available for
treating a variety of organic and Inorganic waatewatere.  However,
regardless of the source of ground water contamination and the remediation
measures anticipated, the limiting factor is getting the contemlneted
subsurface material to the treetment  unit or units,  or In the case of In
tltu processes, getting the treatment process to th* contaminated material.
The key to success Is a thorough understanding of tha hydrogeologlc and
geochemlcal characteristics of the area.   Such an understanding will permit
full optimization of  all possible remedial  actions,  maximum predictability
of remediation effectlveneoa, minimal remediation coata, and more reliable
coat satlmataa (Ullson et  al., 1984).

     The role of blorestoration In combination treatment schemes it often
difficult to aasass.   Yaniga at al.  (1985a)  described  the  cleanup of a
gasoline spill In which an air atrlpper waa  used to  reduce  the contaminant*
in the withdrawn ground water and to  aupply  oxygen before  the  water we*
recirculated to the aquifer via an  infiltration gallery.   Before
reclrculetlon. ammonium chloride, eodium  monophosphate,  sodium dlphoaphate.
iron lulfate. and manganese lulfat* were  added In  slug batches to tha
treated water.  Additional oxygen wes  supplied by  sparging  air into the
wells.   Aa a reault,  the dissolved  oxygen Increased  from a  range of 0-3  to
5-10 pom; th* hydrocarbon  degrading bacteria  Increased from 10*-103  to
10J-10* celle/ml with Just oxygen addition by  air stripping and  tpsrglns
and then Increaaed  to 10*  eel la/ml  with nutrient addition and  additional
oxygan.  Brown et al.  (1985b)  Identified  another gasoline contaminated
aquifer which wee treated  unlng  air sparging.   An estimated 25.000  to JO.OOO
gallona of gaaollna entered  a  20 ft thick coarse grain sand and  fine gravel
aquifer.   Recovery  of  free product  accounted for 18,500 gallons  of  tha
spilled gasoline; however, an  estimated 10,000  gallons wa*  *orbed to th*
•oil at concentration*  of  2,000  to  3.OOO  ppm and 30  to 40 ppm we* dlieolved
in'the  ground water.  The  concentration of gaaollna waa reduced  to  lee* than
JO ppm  In th* *oll  and  leg*  th*n  1 ppm In th* ground water by air sparging.
                                      48
                                                                                                                           49

-------
Only 1 to 2 ppm of dlaiolved oxygen could  be  achieved  in  the wella by tlr
aparglng.

     1 ipill of four *olventa--mathylan* chloride, n-butinol, acetone, and
dimethyl anlllne--lnto • glacial  till  aquifer waa withdrawn and treated by
mn activated aludge proceae. allowed to aettle, and then  recharged into tht
«ubeurf«c» through injactlon tranche*  after being aerated and anendad with
nutrltnta (Jhaverl and Heztacca.  1981).  The  recharge water contained
orgenlam* acclimated to the tolventa In addition to a nutrient amendment
containing  nltroten,  phoiphate,  nagnoaltim, tulfcto, carbonate, manganeia,
and Iron.  Additional  oxygen waa  eupplled  to  the aquifer ualng a aeriea of
injection welli.  Removal efficiencies of  laethylene chloride, n-butanol, and
acetone were greater than 91 percent and the  dimethyl aniline level* were
reduced by greater then 91 percent In  the  ebove ground treatment.  The
concentration* of the  folventi In the  reaultlng effluent decreaaed to 0.04
•e/L for n-butanol. 0.92 a\g>L for mathylene chloride, 0.18 og/L for dimethyl
aniline, end 1.12 mg/L for acetone tram initial concentratlona of 19.1,
31.5, 2.9. and 38.6 wg/L, reapectively.  Baaed upon COD and ga*
chromalography analytla. the plume wa* reduced In alia by 90 percent after
three yeara of operation (Jhaverl and  Mectaeea. 1981).  The COO waa reduced
from 100 to 20 mg/L In one Monitoring  well.   Baaed on  the rate of ground
water flow, thl» reduction In COD colnclded'wlth the expected arrival time
of the treated ground water at that well.  Elevated levela of carbon dioxide
In ground water collected from the treatment  sane*. In comparison to thoa*
obeerved in uneontanlnated and decontaminated wella, auggeated that Jjj >Uu
bloreatoratlon wa* occurring.  However, the solvent* ware detected in the
ground water beyond the projected date for completion of  the project and the
Hew Jaraey Departavant of Environmental Protection atandard* had not been
achieved after three yeara of operation.

     rlattuun at al. (198S) and Quince et  al. (1985) dlacuaaed cleanup of a
iMthylene chloride aplll uaing phyalcal and biological above-ground
treatment proceiaea and in altu biological treatment,  following aand
filtration to reaiove partlculatei, air atrlpplng, combined with a heat
exchanger to improve atripplng efficiency, waa initially uaed to treat the
withdrawn ground water and the water waa uaed to fluah the aoll (Quince et
al., 198}).  Air (tripping reatoved about 98 to 99.9 percent of the sethylen*
chloride In the withdrawn water.   The  concentration of nathylene chloride In
th* ground water wa* reduced by 97 percent In on* downatraaoi monitoring
well.  Biological treataent wia uled to further reduce the concentration of
the methylene chloride after addition  of anoonla and phoaphate.  An
activated aludge unit wae aeeded  with  acclimated organlim* from a waatawater
treatment plant receiving methylene chloride  and theae organlam* were uaed
to Inoculate the loll  (rlathiun et al. 198S).  After 41 day* of la ai^u
blologlcsl troatnent,  the concentration of mathylen* chloride In ground
«*ter fron a monitoring well 20 ft from the aplll declined from 192 to i ppm
and lit ppm chloride waa releaaed; however, It could not  be determined
whether the edded bacteria or Indlgenou* mlcroflora or both were Involved In
mathylena chloride degradation.  Both  air  itrlpplnf, and biological treatment
rtooved 99.9 percent of the Initial amount of methylene chloride present
during the four nontha of field operation. The concentration of methylen*
                .n.1hyi.n.                in          -
about 4.000 gallon,  of  coo  ng w.Ur trill   I1"'!" UI?B fr°" kh' lo" of
(flathmen et .1..  1984).  The unaetur.^     "*" §Urf"* Ilo"*« ^
concentration*  o  .thy  .„. «?„""?    ^ K ""* "" cont«->"«t«d with
         glycol In th;  around !J      *  " 4>'°° "«/k« io11


                              ^^^
                                                                                                                       si

-------
             Wlnegardner and Quince (1914) documented two additional eaaa hlatorlet
         of  in  allu  bloreetoratlon  that Involvad addition of acclimated bactarla.
         The Mr»t caae  hlatory  deacrlbed the cleanup of a train derailment which
         releaaad a  leml-eoluble aliphatic hydrocarbon plaitlelzer.  Recovery well!
         were uaed to  collect the plaatlclter fro* the aubeurt'ace.  Later, (urface
         recharge and  ehallow Injection were used to flufh the plaatlclzer out of the
         •oil;  thl*  treatment reduced  the peak concentration of greater than 2.000
         ppm In a wldeapread  area to a ouch amallar zone after 70 daya, In addition
         to  reducing, the concentration of the plaatlelzer throughout the contaminated
         area.   Air  atrlpplng and carbon adaorptlon were mod initially; however,
         thece  technique! were replaced by biological treateent ualng activated
         iludge.  The  water treated by activated iludge wai uied ai an Inoculant to
         Introduce the acclimated bacteria into the lubiurface to enhance ^n altu
         bloreitoratlon.   The concentration of the plattlclzer in the recovered water
         waa reduced from approximately 1,700 to 400 ppia after clarification;
         however, the  Importance of each component In the treatment proceaa could not
         b.e  determined.

             The aecond eaae hlatory-  Involved contamination of a glaetel kaaie depoalt
         of  aand. gravel, allt,  and clay with chloroform from a leaking pipeline.
         Ground water  we* withdrawn end treated with a nixed »edle prefllter, an
         activated a'.udge bloreactor and lettllng vestal, and a heated air itrlpper.
         The effluent  from the activated aludge bloreactor waa used aa an inoculant
         for bloreitoratlon.   The effluent from the air (tripper wai discharged Into
         a proceii aewer or into the lubiurface.  A forced fluihlng/recovery tyitem
         waa uaed to enhance  the recovery of th« chloroform.  Biological treatment
         followed the  phyalcal recovery; however, treatawnt effeetlvenaaa. waa not
         dlacuaaed.
Sumary of Aerobic In Situ Bloatlaulatlon Proceaaea—
     There are  a mimber of advantages and dltadvantege*  in utlng  in  altu
bloreitoratloii  (Table 2-4).  Compound! ranging  from petroleum hydrocarbon!
to iolvcnta  have been treated by in aitu bloreatoratlon  (Table  2-S).  Unlike
MJI; aquifer remediation  techniques, In. altu bloreclamatlon  can often treat
conlaninanti that  are aorbed to loll or trapped in pore  ipacai.   In  addition
to treatment of the  aaturated zone, organic! held In the unaeturatcd and
capillary zone  can be treated when an infiltration gallery or aoll  fluihlng
la uiad.  Blodegradatlon  In the lubiurface  can  be enhanced by increailng  the
concentration of dleaolved oxygen, through  the  uae of  hydrogen  peroxide,
ozone, or a  colloidal dlaparalon of air (colloidal gae aaphrona).  Complete
blodegradatlon  (mineralization) of organic  compound! uaually produce! carbon
dioxide, water, and  an  Increaae In cell rnaaa.   However,  Incomplete  degrada-
tion (blotranaformatlon)  of organic material! can produce byproduct! that
are more toxic  than  the parent molecule.  An example of  blotraniformatlon li
the degredatlon of leopropanol to acetone at *  hazardoui waate  alte
deacrlbed by Flathoan and Clthent (1965).   The  level!  of acetone  Increaaed
Initially, but  decllnnd after moat of the liopropenol  waa removed.   In  eltu
bloreatoratlon  may rely on tne blodegradatlon potential  of  the  indlgenoua

                                    59

-------
TABLE 2-4.  ADVANTAGES AMD DISADVANTAGES Of B1ORESTORATJOH
            (J. I. B. Associates, 1982; rang and Bye, 1979)
TABLE 2-J.  COHTAHrMANTS TREATED BY ijl SITU BIOST1KULATIOM
Advantages

      C«n be used to treat hydrocarbon* and certain organic compounds.

          e*pocielly water-soluble pollutant* and low levels of othar

          compoundi that would b« difficult to remove by othar Mthodi

      tnvlrowentally aound bacauto It doc* not uaually generate waata

          product* and typically results In complete d*(radatlon of tha

          contaminants

      Utllltaa th* Indigenous mlcroblal flora and doa* not Introduce

          potentially hanaful organisms

      Fait, lafa and generally economical

      Treatment moves with th* ground w*t*r

      Good for ihort-tam treatment of organic contaminated ground water

Dliadvantagat

      Can ba Inhibited by haavy metal* and *om* organic*

      Bacteria can plug tha toll and raduc* circulation

      Introduction of nutrlantt could advarialy iffaet natrby *urf*e* water*

      Residue* atay caui* ta*t* and odor problaau

      Labor and aalntanance raqulraa*nt* may ba high, •ipaclally for Inng

          tan* traatnant

      Long tarm affact* ara unknown

      Kay not work for aquifer* with low paraaabllltla* that do not parnit

          adaquata circulation of nutrlanti
                                                                                      Contaminant*
                                                                                                           Tr*itit*nt Daicrlptlon
                                                         Rafaranc**
high oetan*
  ga*otlna
giiolln*


gaiolln*



gnolln*


gaiolln*



g**olln*


g**olln*


g**olln*




unlttdad gaiollna
•Inaral oil
hydrocarbon*

gatolln*
air *pirglng with nitrogen
•nd phoiphoru* addition
air (pargtng with complete
•Ix of Inorganic*

air iparglng with addition of
conplat* Inorganic nutrient
•olutlon

ilr aparglng and addition of
nutrient*

dltiolvad oxygan supplied by
an air itrlpper and iparglng;
nutrient* alto added

dlnolvad oxygan luppllad by
an air itrlpper

hydrogen peroxide plu*
nutrients

Initial treatment utllltcd air
(tripping;  hydrogen peroxide
u**d later with tha nutrient
formulation

hydrogen peroxide supplied
the oxygen

withdrawn water treated with
ocone and relnflltrated

toll venting uied to supply
oxygen to unaaturated zone
                                                                                                                       (Continued)
Raymond et el.. 197$
Raymond et el., 1»>S
Janlson et al. . 1*1}
Jamison et el..
Raymond et el.. 1«7I
Hlnugh et el.. 1*81
Suntech.  19/8
Yanlga et si.. 198)*
Yanlga et el.. 198Sb
Brown et el.. 19BSb
Yanlga and Ifcilry.
  1984

Ysnlga, 1982
Brown et el.. l»«Sb
Yanlga et •!.. 198Sb
Brown and Herri*,
  1986

Hagel et al.. 1982
Xuhlraaler and
  Sunderland. 198i
                                                                                                                          61

-------
TABLE 2-5.  (Continued)
Contaminants
wist* solvents
and alkane*
methyl chloride,
n-butanol.
dimethyl aniline,
acetone

•cthylane
 chloride
 ethylene glycol
 liopropanol and
 tetrahydrofuran
 cllphttlc
   hydrocarbon
   plastlclzer

 chlorofona
 Treatment Description
                                                        References
nutrient! plus hydrogen
peroxide
withdrawal and treatment by
an activated iludge proceat
and recharge of aerated
nutrient-laden water.

withdrawal and treatment with
air stripping followed later
by treatment In an actlveted
sludge unit and recharge

treataient  following withdrawal
with *thylen*-d*gridlng
bacteria and nutrlentt and
then recharge

treatment  In an above ground
reactor with addition of
acclimated microbes to the
aquifer along with nutrient*

activated  iludge  and recharge
of acclimated bacteria and
nutrients

activated  iludge  bloreactor
with the bacteria Innoculated
into the tubsurface
                                                        Brown et al.. 198Sb
                                                        Uestray el al.. 1985
                                                        Brenoel and Brown.
                                                          1985

                                                        Brown et al., 198i
                                                        Jhaverl  and
                                                          Hazzacca.  1983
                                                        Jhiverl  and  and
                                                          Hazzacc*.  1985

                                                        Quince,  et al.,  1985
                                                        Flathman et  al..  1985
                                                        Plathnan et al., 1985
                                                        Flathnan and Caplan,
                                                          1985
                                                        Flathnan and Clthena.
                                                          1985
                                                        Ulnegardner  and
                                                          Quince.  1984
                                                        Ulnegardner  and
                                                          Quince.  1984
 subsurface mlcroflora which usually contains few pathogenic organisms unless
 the aquifer ha* been contaminated with waetewaters (Keewlck. 1984).   The
 time required to treat subsurface pollution using In, situ blorestoratlon can
 often be faster than some withdrawal and treatment procedure*.   A gasoline
 •pill In Axbl.r. Pennsylvania,  was remediated In 16 month* using in ejtij
 bioreetoretlon wherea* pump and treat techniques were estimated to require
 100 year* to reduce the concentration* of gasoline to potable level*
 (Raymond et al.. 1974).  Jn situ bloreetoratlon can alio cost less than

                                      (2
 other remedial options.   Flithman end Clthens (1985) estimated that the coat
 of IQ situ blorestoratlon would be iMe-Mfth of that for excavation and
 dlepoeal  of soil contaminated with Isopropanol and tetrahydrofuran end In
 addition  would provide an ultimate disposal solution.  Th« areal zone of
 treatment using blorestoratlon c*n be larger than other remedial
 technologic* because the treatment move* with the plum* and can reach aree*
 which are otherwise Inaccessible.

      There are also disadvantages  to  in situ btorestoretlon program*.   Hany
 organic compounds  In the subsurface are resistant to degredetlon.   In situ
 bloreatoratlon requires  an acclimated population;  however,  adapted
 population*  may not develop for recent spills or recelcltrant  compound*.
 Heavy metal* end toxic concentration* of organic*  may inhibit  mlcroblal
 activity  and preclude  the  us*  of the  Indigenous  nlcroflora  for In  situ
 bloreatoratlon at  some alias.   One  option In this  Instance  would be  to
 remove the Inhibitory  substances end  then seed the subsurface  with
 appropriately adapted • Uroorganiimi;  however, the benefiti to adding
 microorganism* to  the subsurface are  itlll undemonstrated.   The formation
 and  Injection well*  s\sy  clog from profuse mlcroblal  growth  which results
 from the  addition  of oxygen and nutrient*.   In on* bloitlmulatlon  project,
 mlcroblal  growth produced  foanlng  In  the  well cuing*  (Raymond  at  al..
 197ia)..   fn  addition, the hydrodynamics  of the restoration  program muet be
 properly  managed.  The nutrients added aust  be contained within the
 treatment  tone because the profusion of  Inorganic*  Into untirgeted ar*a* csn
 result in  eutrophlcatlon.  High concentration* of nitrate cen render ground
 water unpotable.  Hetabollte* at pertlel  degradation of organic compound*
 may  Impart objectionable tastes and odor*.   For example, the Incomplete
 degradation of  gaiolln* under low dissolved  oxygen conditions resulted  In
 phenol production; phenol wss then degreded when nor* aerobic conditions
 wire  achieved  (Raynond et al.. 1978).   Blostloulstlon project* require
 continuous monitoring and maintenance for successful treatment; whether
 these requirement* are greater then those for other remedial ectlona Is
 debatable.  The process rsiults In Increased alcrobial bloraass which could
 decompose  and  release undesirable metabolite*.  In addition, mlcroblal
 growth can exert an oxygen demand that may drive the system anaerobic end
 result In  the production of hydrogen sulfld* or other objectionable
 byproducts.  The long tern effects  of  bloraitoratlon are unknown.  In ittu
 bloreitoretlon 1* difficult to Implement In low permeability aquifers In
 which perfualon of  nutrients and oxygen Is slow or negligible;  however, many
 la »ltu physical and chualcal  remediation processes are subject to  the aana
 restrictions.  The  success of  in j_U_u  treatment scheme* In  low permeability
 aquifers depend* on transporting the nutrient* to the mlcroflora or the
 active agent .to the contaminants.   The process has been used in different
hydrog*ologle*l»formatlona (Table 2-6).

     Potential problem* for any aquifer restoration program  Include
reversible adsorption of  the contaminants,  poor  delineation of the plume,
 inadequate siting of the  recovery lystom,  pollution at  depth, high  costs,
treating and  disposing  of large  amount* of pollutants,  constraints  on ground
water pumping, acease to  the contaminated area, end substantial  quantities
•f pollutant* In the vadose  zone  (Schmidt.  1983).   To decrees*  the  ovpens*
of ail aquifer cleanup, llyer  (198S) advocated  a policy of life cycle dealgn

                                    41

-------
     TA»Lt 2-t.  TYFIS Of AQUIFIRS WHIR! JIT JJJU BIOST1HUI.ATIOM HAS BUM UTftmO
     Aquifer Dvicrlption
                                  flow Characteristic*
                                                            Ref erence
     hl(h permeability
       delimit*
     medium to eotrte **nd
     •lluvlil fan depoelt of
     • •nd. grav*l, and eobbl**
     with 'ion* clay and (lit

     poorly eorted mixture
     of bouldtri, pebble*,
     cobble*, i*nd. vllt and
     clay

     perched u«t«r table In
     un*tratlflad, unaorted
     layer of clay, (lit*.
     (tndi, gnveli, and
     cobble* above • clay
     layer

     tank vault  filled with
     pea (ravel  lurrounded
     by (and and iandy clay
     •irate

     glacial outwaah composed
     of lilt, land, and
     (ravel

     coarae tanda and gravel
      ehale and  illtitone
      coari* tand  with  treater
      than 5* (ravel
flaelal till composed of
•and, gravel, and bouldera
in a tllty clay matrix
connected to a fractured
landitone
     pumpln(  rat* of  2*5
     to  371 L/nln
     pujnpln|  rat* of  <$
     to  151 L/mln

     flow  of  J.4 m/day
     hydraulic  conductivity
     of  9.4x10-*  to
     1.7xlO-Jcm/**c
      punplng  rat*  of  3t  to
      to  57  L/mln
      flow rat* In excel*
      100 «/yr
      pumping rate of 151
      L/nln

      hydraulic conductivity
      of  6.8x10-*  to
      1.5xlO-J«m/**e

      hydraulic conductivity
      of  2.1  em/*ee

      punplng rat* of 48 L/mln
      (radlent  of  0.015 to
      0.02  */•;  flow of 0.41
      to 0.91 m/yr
Raymond et .1.. 1974
Raymond at al., 197S
JanIfon et al., 1975
JamI ton et al.. 1971

Raymond et al., 1984
Mlnu|h et at., 1911
Jhaverl and Maxzaeea,
  1981
Jhaverl and Matiacca,
  1985

Quince et al., 1985
riathman et al., 1985
Ueitray et al.. 1985
Brown et al., 1985b
Brenoel and Brown,
  1*85

Brown and Xorrle. 19B*
Ma(*l et al., 1982
Brown et al., 1985b
Yanlga et al., 1982
Yenlga et al., 1985b

Yanlga and Hulry, 1984
                          Yanl(a et al., 1985b
for ramedlel action* In which COM of the equipment could b. recycled end
uaed at other lite*.  An extnple of thli tyitem wee propoeed to r»««dlete
contaminated (round water fro* a Gulf Coait hasardou* waat* cite.  The
(round water contained high concentratlona of phenol and *nou(h dliaolved
•olid* (15,000 M'U to be contldered a brine.  The treatment ayiten
conilfted of two activated elud(e unit*, a fixed fllo-eetlvet*d tludge unit,
a dual *>*dl* filter, and a carbon adaorptlon column.  The component! of the
treatMAt lyitea could be eeelly changed to accoaodat* the chan(e In
concentration of the contaminant* during the clean up proof*.


Potential for Anaerobic rroceeie*--
     AnatrgbU denradatlon pathway* In th« »ub»urt*ej--AnaerBhte proce.tei
are Important In the lubiurfac* environment becauee oxy(*n mey be depleted
In contanlnated asulfer* *• a raiult of a.eroblc mlcroblal activity.   However.
low level* of oxygen will lupport *ome ml'croblal activity.  One* the
dltiotved oxygen content In (round wtter decline* •• • reiult of mlcroblal
activity, replacement depend* on recharge, retention from toll ga**e.  and
mixture with oxygentted water* lurroundlng the organic plum* (Borden and
Badlent.  1986; Borden et al., 1984).

     De(radatlon of • variety of compound* under anaerobic condition* ha*
been demonttrated to occur In equlfere and laboratory experiment* utlng
•ub*urf*c* material*.  However, anterobloil* may retard the d*(r*dation of
many compound* (Hutchln* at al., 1985).  The *equ*nc* of nlcroblal procenei
thtt occur a* *nv1ronmente1 condition* change from aerobic to ena*roblc In
the aubiurfec* uiually follow* the pattern of aerobic reeplrttion,
denltrlfIcttlon, mangtn*** and Iron reduction, eulfate reduction, and
finally mathan* formation (Bouwer, 1985; Down**, 19(5).  Wet energy
production decrease* a* the redox potential deer***** (Down**,  1985).
Bouuer and HcCarty  (1983ail981b) denon*trated difference* In the degradation
of organic compound* under different redox potential*; chloroform and
1,1,1-trlchlorotthylene were degraded by methinogenlc, but not  denitrifying
bacteria.  Ihrllch  et al. (1982; 1981) reported the degradation of
phenolic*, but not  polynuclear aromatic* *uch a* naphthalene,  under
m*thtno(*ntc condition*.  Recently Kuhn et al. (1985) documented renoval of
tetrachloroethylene, the xylene leomer*, and dlchlorobenzen* l*om*r* under
denitrifying condition*.  Wilton and R*** (1985) *how*d that d*(radatlon of
benzene,  ethylbeniene,  toluene, and o-rylene occurred In methtnogenlc
•qulfer materiel from a landfill, although the prucete we* (low compared to
aerobic pathwaya.  The concentration of toluene had b**n reduced by  87
percent after r.lx week*, however, (tor* than 20 percent of the  benzene.
ethylbenzene, and o-xylene added to th* mlcroco*m*  perilited beyond  40
week*.   In the time (tudy, trlchloroethyl*n* and ttyrene degraded under
iniaroblc condltlun*, wharei* chlorobentene perdited.   Sufllt* and  Clbeon
(1985)  reported that 11 of 19 halogenated l*om*r* of benzotte,  phenol,  and
phenoxyecetate pertlited at concentration* greater  than 90 percent of that
Initially added to  aubiurfac* material* collected from a *ulfat*-r*duclng
zone;  however,  only 3.4-dlchlorobenzen* remained at concentration* greater
thin i  percent of that  originally added to methanoganlc (ample* collected
dovngrtdient of th* *ulfat* reducing ton*.   Maximal  numbar*  of
(ulfate-reduclng end meth*nog*nlc becterle are found at redox potential* of
-100 to -150 and -250 to -350 mV. respectively (Van tngera,  197B).
Hilogenated aliphatic*  *uch a* trlchloroethylene, tetrtchloroethylene.
carbon t*trachlorld*. and 1,1,1-trlchloroethene can be mineralized or
d*halo(enated under reducing  condition* (Ptrion* at  al.,  1985)  to
potentially more ttfxlc  compound* luch •* vinyl chloride (Vogel  and HcCarty.
1915;  Wood et al..  1985).
•hallow baaln containing
•and and pet gravel
flow of 27 to 38 L/mln
                          rl*thm*n and Clthen*.
                          1985

-------
      ....rpe »roce..e. In tn .Itu blo.tlauUtlon- -Anaerobic pro	«ay
be of potential u.e In in altu blore.toretlon proca.....  Th. redox
pot.ntl.l would b. ..l.ctlv.ly .dju.ted to favor th. degradation of a
particular contaminant.  In addition to adjuatlng the redox potential, th.
pll of the tround water could b. adju.t.d to the neulr.l or alkaline
condition, required for .ulf.t. reduction, meth.nog.n..!.. and "•"•"y
denltrlfUatlon.  Ana.roble degradation of organic compound, would probably
r.qulr.  1.1.  Inorganic nutrl.nt .upplw.nt.tlon b.eau.e 1... energy .nd
th.r.fore blomaa. 1. produe.d  (Rlttman .nd Kobey.hl. 1982).  Betteraan
(1983) .dd.d  nllr.t. to ground w.t.r contaminated with hydrocarbons In en
itt.ept  to promote d.nltrlflcatlon.  Th. contenlneted aquifer  eon.let.d  of
in  8  to  10 meter  thick  l.y.r of «»nd which contained .on. .lit  end cl.y  b.d.
and . ground  w.t.r flow of  4 ./day.  Th. w.t.r w.. wllhdr.wn  fro. . d.eper
uncont.mln.t.d  .qulf.r. ..rated.  p....d  through  .  ..nd  filter,  .nd am.nd.d
with nitrate  «t 300 mg/L b.for. b.lng  r.ch.rg.d  to  th.  .hallow .qulf.r.
Pho.ph.t. -I. not .dd.d b.c.u..  It w.. not  limiting.  Th. author,  .ugge.t.d
 th.t anaerobic  d.gr.d.tlon accounted  for th» removal  of  7.S  ton. of
Sn^rton -tthln .  p.rlod of 120 d.y..   Hemov.l  of  1  « of  th. hydroc.rbon
 required 3.3  »8 of nltr.t. (B.tt.man .nd Werner.  1984).   Th. «.u«centr.tlon
 of aliphatic, declined .lowly fro. 1.5 to about 0.7 «8/L where., th.  total
 .rornatU. declined fro. 5.5 «/L down to about 1.5 .S/L In .pproxlm.  aly on.
 »H^  Th. r.t. of d.clln. In th. conc.ntr.tlon of xyl.n. «.. -.ch «Jow.r
 th« th*t of  b.n«.n. .nd tolu.n..  W.t.r «.. InJ.ct.d dur ng th. t.at which
 r..ult.d In a rl.. In th. l.v.l of th« hydrocarbona a« w.ll .. th. w.t.r
 Ubl. tnto th. un..tur.t.d «n«,.  Th.r. w.. .n ov.r.ll 40 p.rc.nt r.ductlon
 In th. conc.ntr.tlon of hydroc.rbon .. . r..ult of th. ^"t"nk(,''""":o„
  n.ufflcl.nt information wa.  provld.d to d.t.r,ln. If «"»[°bl<^ "^ °"
 w..  r..pon.lbl.  for th. r.«ov.l of th. cont-ln.nt. or If th. r«oval w..
 du.  to  th. oxyg.n Introdue.d  wh.n  th. InJ.ctlon w.t.r w.. ..r.t.d b.for. It
 w..  r.ch.rc*d  Into th. ahallow aqulfar.

                  of  low eone.ntr.tlon. of organic compound, und.r
          n   condition.,  with ac.t.t. .dd.d  at hl*h"'°nC^";'°",;;)i
          .ub.tr.t.. haa b..n d.non.trat.d  (Bouw.r. 1985).  "'f.rty (1985)
  oropd  . .ch«« to tr..t cont«,ln.t.d ground w.t.r .n..roblc.lly U.lng th.
  p"«ry .ub.tr.t. conc.pt.  Th.  .y.t.»  con.l.t. of .n .bov. •"""* «"«'
  to which .ub.tr.t.  and nutrl.nt. ar.  .dd.d.  a w.ll caalnj b «"ctoj
  op.r.t	roblc.lly Ilk.  . trickling  fllt.r  .nd th.  •«»««•  «•
  ground r..ctor 1. u..d to d.v.lop .n  .ccll-t.d population    Th.
  tro. th. .bov. ground r.actor 1. InJ.ct.d  Into  th. w.ll  ca.lng b or..ctor  to
  Introduc. accllLt.d i.lcrob.. Into th.  .qulf.r  or  .nh.nc. adaptation  of th..
   £££. mul.tlon to  th.  cont«ln.nt.    One.  th.  ««»-jJ-^uUtl
-------
••thod, r.comblnant DMA technology 1* ui*d to chant* th* g*n*tle structure
of th* mlcroorg.nl.m (Kllbane, 198i).  The genetic itructure 1. changed by
Inserting • DMA fragment, often • pla.mld that cod*, (or a .pacific
d.gr.datlv* pathway. Into another organl.*.  A pl.inld It • ploe* of DMA
that exl.t. Independently from th. cell', chromoio... (Blri*, 1981).  The
•xtr.-chromo.om.l DMA e»n be tr.n.formed fro* on* b.ct.rlum to mother by
conjugation, trantductlon, or trtnifonutlon.  Multiple degrtdatlve
c.pabllltle* can be pieced on > .Ingle pi.amid th*t will ellow the org.nlcm
to degrade «n array of cocpound* or complete th* degradation of •
nonbiodogradable molecule.  Cenetlc engineering e«n be uied to .t.blllie th*
degradatlve trait* coded by th* plaamld, incr**** th* number of plaamldi In
a call, amplify enzyme production and activity. InvoV* cultlpl* degradatlve
tralti, or produce • novel d*|r*d*tlv* pathway (Pierce, 1912).  In addition,
organism* with different *ub*trat* affinltlei, pH optima, or degradation
ratal can be faahloned (John*ton and Robln.on, 1982a>.

Cen.tlc tnsln**rlni to Inhanc* D.gr.datlv. Activity—
     Genetic engineering ha* been ueed to enhance th* degradation of th*
recalcitrant peillelde, 2.*,5- trlehlorophenoxyeeetlc acid (2',4,J-T).
Blodetradatlon of th* peitlclde 1* u.ually vary alow (Kllban* *t *!.,
W2).  A mixed culture of •teroorganlau that ui*t 2.A.S-T ai • •ole. ctrbon
and energy iourc* wai obtained by a technique called pla.mld-a.ilited
mol.cul.r breeding  (Kellog at el'., 19S1).  The technique Involve*
tnoculatlnt a cheeMttat with mUroorgenl i»i fro* i variety of hatardoui
wait*  tltei and org.nlim* that carry an array of plaimld. that cod* for
degradation of ipeclflc x.noblotle*.  A pure culture that could uie 2,*,)-T
ai a lole carbon and energy *ourc* w««  liolated from the nixed population
and tentatively  Identified ai Pieudomonai cepacte (Kllbane et al.,  1981).
In addition, the culture, designated £. cepacla AC1100, wai reported  to
oxldlte many chlorophenoli.   Degradation of both 2.4-dlehloroph.noxyee.tle
acid  (2,4-D) and 2,4.5-T wa*  expreued  In another itraln of g. fjpacla after
conjugal  tranifcr  of two planld  fro* an ftlcalUen** entroehjt *p. that
degraded  loae chlorinated phenoxy herbicide* (Choial at •!., 1985).  An
 Inoculut)  of  2 X  107 celli/s of {.. c«P*cta AC1100 degraded 9S percent  of  ,
 the  1,000 »c/L 2,«.5-T  added  to loll at 25 percent molftur* and  Incubated at
 30-C (Chatterje* et •!..  1«S2).   Lea* 2.4.S-T we* renoved with • inalUr
 Inoculun  *li* and  different t*«p*r*tura* and aiolitura content*.  Tn
 addition,  th* 2.4.S-T degrading bacteria did not turvlve  In toll without
 2,«,$-T or  when  the concentration of the compound had been depleted (Kllban*
 et  al.,  H83).   Pl*ld trial*  to determine  the effectlveneai of the
 2,4,5-T-degradlng  bacteria have not  bean conducted.

      Colaruotolo et al.  (198Sa) received a patent  for  -mlcroblal degradation
 of  obnoxlou* organic waitei  Into  Innocuous material*."  The procei* Involv**
 liolatlon of "IcrobUl  cultural froa lampl** of coll  and  leachat*  from a
 haiardoui wait*  lit* by enrichment culturlng  end  then  application of  th*
purified  itraln*  In the field to  remove th*  contanlnanta.  Hlcroorganliiu
 capable of  degrading  eelected lioaer* of chlorotoluene. dlchlorotoluen*.  and
 dUhlorobenioate were  liolated.   Conjugation  and  tranaformatlon  experiment!
were  conducted to  trantfer  the plaiold  DMA,  which  conferred  th*  ability  to
degrede  tome chloroaromatlci. fro* th*  original  laolatea  to  another
 organl**.   Th* pat*nt  clelaed that  the  organliea  could  be uied  to

                                      72
 .««!«  ?   rh   f  '  T      «ont«ln.nt.  In  th.  air.  .In.r.m.  toxic
 organlei  In  the  leachete  from  a  che-mlcal  landfill  and  thereby reduce  the
 coneentratloni of  noxloui eh.«le«l*4

 Inue*  In Genetic  engineering  of Microbe* —
     Org.nl..* that  can not .aitly exchang. th.lr  g.n.tlc  Information with
        r"       '"i  "' r""  •»1r«««1-"«" •' "tlvlty In nont.rg.t are..; .nd 5)
 d.tanalnallon of let rlik level, acc.ptabl.  to th. public (Joyc.  1983)
 Many icl.ntliti argu. that th* engineered org.nl. « 1, not radically
 dlff.r.nt from that which If genetically unaltered.  Th. rele.ae of
 gen.tteally engineered org.nlimi into th* environment 1. of great concern
 •nd lorn, tl.e .iy *i.pi. b.for. th... .,.,.,,1.,,. ,r. u..d , ^J  ,,,„"£.
 .urvlvablllly of  g.n.tlc.lly alt.r.d org.nl... In th. env rodent l,'.l« of
                                                                        °
                                                                       .oil
                       w.r.  add.d to fanpU. of ..w.g.,  l.k. w.t.r
                                                                  '
ai.n             »                                                ..
(Liang *t .1..  1982).   Son. of  th. antltaot le-r..l.t.nt .train, reached
iteady-.tat. conc.ntr.tlon. In  l.k. wat.r .nd ..w.g.;  how.v.r  a"  .train.
d.clln.d in th. ..11  after a period of  on.  month.   PJfudomon» .  r.In" h!t
degrade 2 «-dlchloroph.nol and  p. nltroph.nol  were                 "
*n
                                 .    rop.no   were       u             by
 *nrlch.,nt  culturln,  t.chnl,u...   The  ability of th.  l.ol.t.^o d.jr.J.
               0                     lnoeuut-d  int°
                                                                 of .
 conc.ntr.tlon of th. t.rg.t compound required to .upport

 .'"nt blotird*r T r* l!"JUnE-  T°Xle °f •ntl-1«<""«» .ub.tnc*. .uch
 b  .r!f i K    T "* f°U"d '" "nlr •"v»«-o."..nt..  High d.n.lty inocul. e^y
 be gracad by pr.d.tor. and the d.gradatlv* capacity ..v.r.ly decre.a.d if
 the growth rat. of th. Introduced org.nl.m. ll *loi.  In adjltlon  .
          •ntur' cont«' •' '"• organlam with th. pollutant will be
          to achieve In th* lubiurfae*.
with mo« ^"r
-------
 TABLE 2-8.   HEASOHS WlfY IlfTHODUCBD ORCAMISKS PAIL TO PUHCTION IK THK
                         (Goldstein »t «i.
 1.    The  concentration  of  the  compound ie too low

 2.    The  environment  contains  «ome  substance  or organisms that  Inhibit

      growth  or activity, Including  predators

 3.    Tha  Inoculated organism uses oome other  organic  other than the  one  It

      WBS  selected  to  metabolize

 «.    The  organic la not accessible  to  the organUn
 containing the microorganisms.  To avoid problems encountered with
 inoculation of foreign organisms  Into  the environment,  samples  from  the
 contaminated environment can be collected, microorganism  that  can degrade
 the pollutants can be cultured by enrichment techniques or genetically
 engineered, and finally the specialized population can be  relntroduced Into
 the environment from which they came (Omenn. 1964).  In addition, genetic
 manipulation of ollgotrophic bacteria with high affinity enryae systems may
 be advantageous because these enzyme systems will allow the organism to
 attack low concentrations of organic pollutants (Johnston  and Robinson.
 1982b).

 Seeding Aqueous Environments with Microorganisms—
     Tnoculants of specialized microorganisms have been used In treatment of
 contaminated water.  Atlas and Bartha (1973) tasted several commercial
 bacterial preparations and found that the Inocula were ineffective In
 treating oil spills In the marine environment.   However, the addition of
 fertilizer and a bacterial aeed Isolated from an estuarlne environment
 Increased petroleum degradation In a saline but not In a freshwater pond
 (Atlas and Busdosh. 1975).  After six weeks. 50 percent of the oil remained
 In the saline pond.  The lack of activity In the freshwater pond suggests
 that the inoculum should b« cultured from an environment similar to that
 being treated.  Colwo11 and WalVer (1977) suggeated that aeedlng would be
 unsuccessful In environments such as the ocean; however, contained spills
 and lagoons may be amenable to such treatment.   Cutnlek and Bocenberg (1977)
 staled that "there ie no evidence to support lha claim that "seeding" oil
 •licks with microorganisms reduces oil pollution by stimulating petroleum
blodegradatlon."

Seeding Soil Environments with Hlcroorganlsas—
     The efficacy of Inoculating soil with acclimated bacteria to remove
selected contaminants was tested In a bar lea of experiments (Uetzel nt el..
 1981) using experimental chambers set up In groenhouoea.  The contaminants,

                                     74
                                                                                     « not  successful  in  ^1^.^^ '  "««•»  °<  the

1.jr,d«Llon of the C*l* c«  .      !°U '"thtly  increased the
.oil. amended with f ertm^on? °U>. »' "-"-nes ln co.pari.on "o
                                           lack of enhancenent
                                                                                                                                                     ba
                                                                                                                     75

-------
r.,ult of tn.d.«U»t. appliealon of th. Inoculu..  It.. km °' or*tnl'"






 Ittv.atlgatlon.
 (H.rtln.on
  to 20 pee.nt.
, io> e.ll./f
ob..rv.d .t
                          i  1 i x
                          •    1*
                                                  1  (HB6) »ug»»»t«d
                                             "       .^ i« b. u..d to tr..t
                                                  b.lo« th. thr.«hUld of

                                                  •«  -;.:: •."Si"" "~
                                                                                   •yit.a u.lnt two fluid film r.icto^.  In  *.rl.i w««  th.n propo*.d; th. flrit
                                                                                   rcictor would r.duc. high eonc.ntratlont of PCP »nd th. i.cond roctor would
                                                                                   COntlln orgSnlin* th.t Could r«mow«'PCP  to low Uv»l«.  Th. contort lum w..
                                                                                   •bl. to r.no«. PCP to l.t* th.n  1 vt/L wh.n th. Initial concentration*
                                                                                   w.r. Lit thin 1
                                         74
S..dln( th. Subfurf.c. with Hlcroorginl.*.— -
     Inoculation of b.et.rl. Into th. .ub.urf.c. for blor.itor.tlon h.i b..n
Mt with io>. lucctii, but th. contribution of th. Introduced b.et.rl. to
th. ov.r.lt el.tnup c«n not b. r.idllx d.t.raln.d.  In Bo.t c.*.*, th. rol.
of th. Introdue.d b.et.rl. In d.gridttlon pf th. contulntntt e.n not b.
d.t.rnln.d b.etut. ipproprlat. control ploti w.r. not Incorporit.d Into th.
.xp.rlB.nt.l d.ilfn and th. rxulti w.r. not qu.ntltttlv.ly iM.fur.d
throughout th. court, of th. pro J act.  Th. blgg.it conc.rn of Inoculation
Into th. tubiurf.c. ti .muring contact b«tw..n th. ip.el.llt.d e.ll. and
th. t.rg.t contaminant*.  Th. c.ll* may b. fllt.r.d out of th. p.rfu.lng
lotutlon or §orb«d onto toll b.for. r..chlng th« contiuiln.nt* (Bouwar,
1484).  In addition, normal dla-off nty control th. taovwaant and .pr.ad of
bacl.rl. In w.ll-*ort.d aand, gr.v.li, (ractur«d rock, and kar.tle llna.ton*.

     rtleroblal novaa^nt through th. lubiurf.c. d.p.nd* on th.
characttrlitlc* of th. .oil and nlcroorganl*!.*.  Only 1 parcant of an
Inoculuia of a P*audoaiona« (tr.ln ptn.d through . 2-lnch aanditona cor.
•ftar w.thing with 12) por. volun.* (J.nnmun *t .1., 1984).  P.n.tr.tlon of
bactarla Into .anditon. cor.* with hydraulic conductlvlti.* gr.at.r than 100
•lllldarcta* wai rapid; how.v.r, p.n.tr.tlon In cor.* with hydraulic
conductlvlti.* b.low 100 nlllldarcl.l wai flow (J.nnaaan .t .1., 1965).
Hot 11. bactarla nov.d thr.. to .Ight tlm.. faatar than nouotll. bact.rl*.
Hag.dom (I9S4) *una.rlc.d th. r.ault* of i.l.ct.d itudl.* on th. oaxliiu>
dlatanc* th.t microorganism* inovad In varlou. .oil.:  19.1 « In 27 weak. In
a fin. land; 10.7 • In a land and aandy clay In eight w«.k*: 24.4 • In a
fin. and coar*. i.nd (tin. of tr.v.l not r.port.d); 30. 5 • In . a.nd and pea
gr.v.l iqulf.r In 35 hour*; 0.6 to 4 m In a fin. ..ndy loaa (tlia. of tr.val
not r.porttd); 457.2 • In . coar*. graval a. conducted.  The formation mult bit permeable enough to p.rfu*. nutrient*
and th. Inoculum through th. tone of contamination.

                                     77

-------
Aquifer 8*aodl»tlon Ualng Inoculation Techniques- -
     Inoculation of microorganisms Into the subsurface haa been unud In
aquifer remediation In conjunction with wastewtter treatment processes.
These esses are summarized In Table 2-9.  A representative system 1« shown
In figure, 2-3.  In on« case study, 7.0OO gallons of acrylonltrile was
spilled in a metropolitan area from a leaking rail ear (Uallon and Oobb«.
1980).  The receiving aquifer contained ilgnlfleant amount« of allt and clay
and hence waa rather impermeable.  Initial treatment Involved withdrawal and
treatment of the ground water by air stripping.  After the concentration of
acrylonltrlle had declined to nontoxlc levcla, mutant bacteria were seeded
Into the eoll.  The concentration of acrylonltrlle declined from l.OOO ppo
to nondetectable level* (Unit of detection 2OO ppb) within one month;
however, the role at the bacterial seed In aerylonltrlle degradation could
not b« determined.

     Quince and Cardner (19B2a; 1982b> documented the cleanup of 100.000
gallons of various organic compounds. Including ethylene glycol and propyl
ecetate, over a 250.000 square foot ar«a.  The soil consisted of a thick
sllty clay that extended to a depth of nor* than iO feet; migration of the
organics Into the main aquifer was prevented by the structure of the
formation.  Containment and recovery of the organic* were  Halted to the
perched water table  located In the upper eley  layer.  The  contaminated
ground water was withdrawn and treated by elarlfIcstlon. aeration, and
granular activated carbon.  A blostlnulstlon program with  specialized
bacteria, nutrlente. and air was  Initiated after the  levels of  the
contaalnanti had decreesed from  2.0OO-10.0OO ppm to less than 2OO ppm.
During treatment, the concentration of ethylene glycol was  reduced from
1.200 to less than SO mg/L. propyl acetate was reduced fron 500 ng/t. to  less
than  SO mg/L, end the total concentration of >pltl«d  compounds  declined  from
34,OOO to lee»  than  100 ag/t..  The resulting concentretlons of  contaolnanta
were  acceptable to the regulatory agencies.

      Quince  and Cacdix«r  <1982s;  19B2b)  dotuswntsd  lh» cleanup of  • number of
organic  chemicals  Including dlchlorobefliene. swthylene chloride,  and
 trlchloroethane that contaminated the subsurfece as a result of a  spill  froe
 leaking tenkers.  The  treatment  scheme  Included recovery of product with a
vacuum system,  soil  flushing.  »lr stripping,  and  then Inoculation of
 conaerclel hydrocarbon-degrading bacteria  Into an  above  ground  reactor
 followed by  recharge of  the affluent  Into  the  subsurface.   A  commercial
nlcroblal  Inoculum seeded Into the  above ground  reector  slgnlfIcsntly
 decreased the concentrations  of  the organic  contaminants  after 3«  hour*  of
 exposure.   The operation was  terminated after a  9S percent reduction In the
 organic levels was  achieved.   The Injected hydrocarbon dsgnders were
 expected to  complete the blodegradatlon In sUui  however,  the rol« of  the
 added bacteria was not demonstrated.

      An accidental spill of  130,000 gallons  of organic  chenlcels entered e
 IS fool thlcV shallow uneonflned aquifer and resulted In total contaminant
 levels as high as 10.000 ppo (Ohneck and Cardner.  1982).   A drinking water
 aquifer we* separated from the eontenlnuted tone by SO  to to feet of sllty
 tlay.  The contaminated ground water was withdrawn and  treated by
 clarification, granular activated carbon adsorption,  and air stripping.   A

                                      76
   TABLB 2-».
   Compound
  acrylonltrlle
  phenol and
  ehlorophanol
  ethylene  glycol  and
  propyl  acetate
  dlchlorobenzene,
  dlchloromethene.
  and triehloroethane
 unidentified organic
 compound s
 formaldehyde
                                                             OT1LII1BO ,„,„„,„,.„
                        Treatment  Description
                                                         Reference
  mutant  bacteria added  after
  concentrations  had  been
  reduced  by  etr-strlpplng

  initial  treatment by
  adsorption onto CAC
  followed by Innoculatlon
 with mutant bacteria

 treatment above ground
 and later with epecl.lU.d
 bacteria,

 Initial  treatment with
 air stripping and then
 Innoculatlon with a  hydro-
 carboii-degredtng bacteria

 hydrocarbon-degrading
 bacteria  added after levels
 reduced by CAC and sir
 stripping

commercial dagrader added to
above ground treatment system
formed from call ballast
                                                         Walton and Dobbs, 1980
 Walton and Dobbs,  1980
 Quince  and  Cerdner
   1982s and b
Quince and Cerdner.
  19B2a and b
Ohneck and Gardner.
  1982
                                                        Sikes et al..  1984
«Uh hydro*.ro0n Se^.dlng b«!.rla  llT   I ""'J-"1 •»«- -•• «-"<«.d
the vsdos. zone   A^" result   fh       '  "   """-ients.  Md Injected Into
..U cor. were "educed  "            ''      " ""  "n^^' 1"  on.
-ter were

                                                                                                                        J9

-------
                                  omecrwN OF GROUND WATER  now
                                          INJECTION  SYSTEM
                                         /       T
                                      2ONE Of CONTAMINATION
                                I    T   I   T    T   T   T    T
                                     Tl    I    1    I    i  .  i    J
                                        RECOVERY SYSTEM
                                         t              t
 fl»ur«  I-J.  Combination of cbovo «round tr*«tMnt with In .ttu
             blor**toratton.                               ^"^
 Ineorporallon of blolotlc«l tr.ttMnt Inlo th. r..tor.Uon pro§r« d.cr.n.d
 th« v«d by • ».euu« ln»ck .nd JiO cubic ytrdi o(  loll v.r. .x.vat.d
         t.l/ U •llllon (•lion* of w.l.r w.. collected.   Th« w.t.r w««
          tr.«t.d with hrdro(«n »*co»ld» to r.Ooc. th« concentration of
 forMld.lijrd. fro. JO.OOO-iO.OOO to SOO-l.OOO ppn by onldttlon.   S** S.ctlon
 ir.D.  for Mr* d«UU« of th* u>* of hydro(*n p.roxld. In  thU c»*« itudy
Ttio f.«.lbllltr of  la sliu btolotlc.l d«(r*d*tlon of the r.««lnln(
foruldehyde u.lni  t  cwiewrcUl  becterUl  Inocultn v«* then lnveitU»t»d.  A
«o«n«reiel  inoculu* th«t contained .p.cl.lly cultured  •Icroorsenicne u.i
«ho«en (or  the project.   The btolo(tcel  treatment lytteei eontUted of e


the
          for^ldehyd.
   of th, /orM,d.h
th.r concede that proving the
rd. d.fr.d.Uon w^ld  "

                                                          •««•; a
                                               The author. ,UM..t th.t
                                          J  "«lo§ietl activity.
                                            "ltroo«-»"'l— In
                                            " •<""*«• »»• «1. of
                                            lwd. d.lr.d.tlon could not  b.

-------
 TRANSPORT AND FATE
   SIMULATION AND
      PREDICTION
      Session 7
    Joseph F. Keely
(Oregon Graduate Center)

-------
MODELING APPROACHES

  • Conceptual

  • Physical

  • Analog

  • Mathematical
   TYPES OF  MODELS

   i Flow models

   i Transport models

   Multi—phase models

   Chemical reaction models

   Parameter identification
   models

   Data manipulation models

   Resource management models

-------
       MODEL

 DIMENSIONALITY

 • 1,2,3-D spatially

 • Steady—state or
   transient

 • Non-dimensional
CONCEPTUAL  MODELS
 Definition:

   An organizational framework for
observations and ideas, that conveys
an impression of causes and effects
of the observations.
 Example:

Integration of the natural processes
that affect the movement of a specific
contaminant in a particular setting,
for assessment or prediction purposes.

-------
CONCEPTUAL FLOW
      MODELS

  • Confined (artesian)
    flow

  • Unconfined
    (water-table) flow

  • Fractured rock flow

  • Multi-phase flow

  • Unsaturated (vadose)
    zone flow

-------
    CONCEPTUAL
TRANSPORT MODELS

   • Advection—dispersion
   • Diffusion dominated
   • Advection  dominated
   • Advection-diffusion
   • Discrete fracture
   • Dual porosity, MING
   » Multi-phase

-------
      CONCEPTUAL
MULTI-PHASE  MODELS

    » Unsaturated (vadose)
      zone

    • Salt-water intrusion

    • Immiscible phases
      (NAPL's)

    • Compositional
      simulators
CONCEPTUAL CHEMICAL
         MODELS

    • Equilibrium speciation

    • Mass transfer

    • Mass balance

    • Kinetic rate

    • Graphical relationships

-------
     INTEGRATED
CONCEPTUAL MODELS

  • Transport and  speciation
  • Transport and  kinetics
  • Well-mixed reactor cells
  • Density dependent
    transport
OTHER CONCEPTUAL
        MODELS

   • Inverse parameter i.d.
   • Data input & output
  *
   • Statistical methods
   • Resource management
   • Economics

-------
   PHYSICAL MODELS
 Definition:

   A scaled replica of a real—world
system, simplified and idealized for
practical considerations.
 Examples:

   "Sand-tank" artificial aquifers,
laboratory column experiments, and
biological microcosms.
    ANALOG MODELS
 Definition:

  A contrivance that imparts insights
regarding cause & effect relationships
•within one physically distinct system
to those of another physically distinct
system.
 Example:

   Electric-analog model for water-
supply wellfield management, using
resistors for permeability, capacitors
for storage effects, etc.

-------
MATHEMATICAL MODELS


 Definition:

  A collection of equations that relate
input parameters and variables to
quantified outputs, based on specific
assumptions and simplifications of the
real-world system being modeled.


 Example:

 The Konikow-Bredehoeft contaminant
transport model that employs a finite
difference formulation for the flow
field and  a method-of-characteristics
formulation for transport predictions.
          FORMS  OF

MATHEMATICAL  MODELS


     • Analytical  - closed form
       solutions

     H Numerical - iterative
       solutions

     • Semi-analytical - mixed
       form

     • Computer  - any form,
       codified

-------
STATISTICAL BASES OF
MATHEMATICAL  MODELS

  • Deterministic (spatially &
   temporally fixed
   inputs and outputs)

  • Stochastic (probabilistic  inputs
   and/or outputs)

  • Geostatistical (spatial
   interpolation)

  » Statistical (regression,
   correlation)

-------
                                         EPA/600/2-86/062
                                         July 1986
PERFORMANCE AND ANALYSIS OF AQUIFER TRACER TESTS
        WITH IMPLICATIONS FOR CONTAMINANT
                TRANSPORT MODELING
   Fred J.  Molz, Oktay Giiven, Joel  G.  Melville
           Civil Engineering Department
           Auburn University, AL  36849

                       and

                 Joseph F.  Keely
 Robert S.  Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory
       U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
          P.O.  Box 1198, Ada, OK  74820
                    CR-810704
                 Project  Officer

                 Joseph  F.  Keely
Robert S.  Kerr  Environmental  Research Laboratory
                  Ada, OK  74820
ROBERT S. KERR ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
       OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
      U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                 ADA, OK  74820

-------
                                 DISCLAIMER


     The Information  In  this document has been funded wholly or In  part

by the United States  Environmental Protection Agency under assistance

agreement number  CR-810704  to Auburn University.  It has been subject  to

the Ayency's peer and administrative review, and It has been approved

for publication as  an EPA document.
                                     11
                                  FOREWORD
     The U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency was established to  coordinate
«d»1n1str»t1o« of  the nwjor  Federal  programs desired to protect  the  quality
of our environment.

     An luportant  part  of  the  Agency's  effort  Involves  the  search  for
Information about  environmental   problems,  management  techniques  and  new
technologies through which optimum use of  the Nation's land and water resources
"n be assured and  the threat pollution poses  to the welfare  of the American
people can be minimized.

     EPA's Office of  Research and Development conducts this search through a
nationwide network of research facilities.
                                                                                                    As one of  the
                                                                                                                               the  Robert  S.  Kerr Environmental  Research
                                                                                                                                     til srs

                                                                                                                                 .
                                                                                               Me soil  .^.subsurface environment, for  the  protection of  this resource.
                                                                                                    This report  contributes to  that  knowledge which Is  essential  In order
                                                                                               for EPA  to  establish  and  enforce  pollution  control  standards  which  ,«
                                                                                               reasonable, cost  effective and provide adequate environmental protection for
                                                                                               the American public.
                                                                                                                                     Clinton U.  Hall
                                                                                                                                     Director
                                                                                                                                     Robert S. Kerr Environmental
                                                                                                                                     Research Laboratory
                                                                                                                                     111

-------
                                  Abstract
     Due to worsening national problems, hydrologlsts are being asked to
Identify, assess or even anticipate situations Involving groundwater con-
tamination, and a large fraction of the regulation activities of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency Is In the groundwater area.  In both regula-
tion and assessment. Increasing use 1s being made of complex mathematical
models  that, are solved with the aid of a digital computer.  Typically, such
models  are collections of partial differential equations that contain a
number  of  parameters which represent aquifer physical properties and must be
measured 1n  the field.  Of the various parameters Involved, the hydraulic
 conductivity distribution 1s  of najor  Importance.  Other parameters  such as
 those relating  to  sorptlon, hydrodynamlc dlspersloon, and  chemical/biologi-
 cal  transformation  are  Important  also,  but  hydraulic conductivity  1s more
 fundamental  because combined  with head  gradient  and porosity It relates  to
 where the  water Is  moving and how fast.  Therefore,  this communication  1s
 devoted mainly  to  the  conceptualization  and measurement of hydraulic
 conductivity distributions and the relationship  of  such measurements  to
 dispersion (spreading)  of contaminants 1n aquifers.
      For the most  part,  contemporary modeling technology Is built  around
 two-dimensional models having physical  properties,  such as transm1ss1v1ty,
 that are averaged  over the  vertical  thickness of the aquifer.   In  such  a
 formulation, the major aquifer property related to  contaminant spreading 1s
 forced  to be longitudinal  d1spers1v1ty.   This 1s not due to any fundamental
 theoretical  limitation.  The  major limitation 1s that  dependable and
 economical field approaches  for measuring vertically-variable  hydraulic
                                      iv
conductivity distributions are not available.  In the absence of such data,
one his no choice In a modeling sense but to use sows type of vertically-
averaged advection-dlsperslon approach built around full aquifer longitudi-
nal dispers1v1t1es.
     In order to begin to overcome this limitation, a series  of  single-well
and two-veil tracer  tests were performed  at a  field  site near Mobile,
Alabama, and a major objective of  this  communication  1s to describe these
tracer  tests and discuss  some practical implications  of the  results with
regard  to  modeling  of  contaminant  dispersion  In  aquifers.   The  tests utilize
wmilevel  sampling wells which  have  to be  designed  and Installed  carefully.
Tracer  test results along with  theoretical  studies suggest that the follow-
ing working conclusions  are warranted.
        I.   Local  longitudinal  hydrodynamlc dispersion plays a relatively
            unimportant role 1n the transport of contaminants 1n aquifers.
            Differential  advectlon (shear flow) in the horizontal direction
            is much nore Important.
       II.  The concept of full-aquifer dlsperslvlty used  in  vertically-
            averaged (areal) models will not be applicable over distances of
            Interest in most contamination problems.  If one  has no choice
            but to apply a full-aquifer dispersion concept, the resulting
            dlsperslvlty will not  represent a  physical  property  of  the
            aquifer.   Instead, it  will  be an  ill-defined quantity  that will
            depend  on  the size and type of experiment used for  its  supposed
            measurement.
       III.   Because of conclusion  II.  It  makes no  sense to perfor. tracer
             tests  aimed  at  measuring  full-aquifer  dispersivlty.   If an  areal

-------
            model it used, the modeler will end up adjusting the dlsperilvlty
            during the calibration process anyway. Independent of the
            measured value.
       IV.   Vhen tracer tests are performed, they should be a fined at
            determining the hydraulic conductivity distribution.  Both our
            theoretical and experimental  work have indicated that the vari-
            ation of horizontal  hydraulic conductivity with respect to
            vertical position Is a key aquifer property related to spreading
            of contaminants.
        V.   Two- and three-dimensional modeling approaches should be utilized
            which emphasize variable  advectlon rates  In the horizontal
            direction  ana* hydrodynamlc dispersion  In  the transverse direc-
            tions along with  sorptlon and mlcrobial/chemlca!  degradation.
      VI.   In  order to handle the more advectlon-dominated flow systems
            described  In  conclusion V, one will  have  to utilize  or  develop
            numerical  algorithms  that are  more  resistant to numerical
            dispersion  than those  utilized in  the  standard  dispersion-
            dominated models.
     Much of contemporary modeling technology related  to contaminant trans-
port may be viewed as an attempt  to  apply vertically homogeneous aquifer
concepts to real aquifers.  Real aquifers are not homogeneous, but  they are
not perfectly stratified either.  What Is being suggested, therefore. 1$
that the time may have arrived to begin changing from a homogeneous to a
vertically-stratified concept when dealing with contaminant transport.
realizing fully that such an approach will be Interim In nature and not
                                     vl
totally correct.  Field calibration will still be required.  However, the
performance and simulation of several single- and two-well tracer tests
suggests that the stratified approach 1s much more compatible with valid
physical concepts, and at least In some cases results In a mathematical
model that has a degree of true predictive ability.
     An obvious Implication of the study reported herein 1s  that any  type of
groundwater contamination analysis and reclamation plan will be difficult.
expensive and probably unable to meet all of  the desired objectives  in a
reasonable tine frame.  Therefore, one can not overemphasize the advantages
of preventing such pollution whenever it is feasible.

-------
                                   CONTENTS
 Foreword	in
 Abstract	    iv
 Figures   	    *
 Tables    	xii

     1.   Introduction  	    1
              EPA's Site-Specific Modeling Efforts 	    2
              EPA's Generic Modeling Efforts 	    3
              Subsurface Transport Models  	    4
              The Hydraulic Conductivity Distribution  	    6
              The Mechanisms of Dispersion 	    9
              Simulation of Advectlon-Dlsperslon Processes 	   II
     2.  Types of Tracer Tests	   18
     3.  Design and Construction of Multilevel  Sampling Wells  	   23
     4.  Performance and Results of Single-Well and Two-Mel 1
           Tracer Tests at the Mobile Site	   37
              Single-Hell Test	   44
              Two-Well  Test	   52
     5.  Computer Simulation of Single-Well  and Two-Well
           Test Results	   61
              Simulation of Sinyle-Well  Tests  	   61
              Simulation of Two-Well  Tests 	   68
     6.  Discussion and Conclusions  	   79

References	   86
                                     ix

-------
                                      FIGURES
 Number


   I     Hypothetical  velocity  distribution  	

   2     Schematic diagram of contaminant concentrations

   3     Vertical cross-sectional diagram of single well
  8


  9


 10
                                                       test
  4    Two-welt test geometry in a stratified aquifer

  5    Various types of multilevel sampling systems

               et al. multi-level  sampling/observation  well
 11    Diagram of a completed multilevel sampling well

 12    Diagram Illustrating the scheme for
13
14
                                                            the
                          effects °f drmin»
                                                      •>*"«
       system used ,B th. single- and two-we., trace
                                                                             Page

                                                                             . 14

                                                                             . IS

                                                                             . 19

                                                                             . 22

                                                                            . 25

                                                                            . 26
.  27


.  29


,  31


  32

  33



 34





36
15    Diagram of the subsurface hydrologic  system  at  the Mobile site .... 39


16    P1t(le9|tob?ledsHe9  "*""* assoc1ated  ««th  P"Plng wells at


17    ';:,'£ '"M  "! Xl*'-*™**  «? •«"•« M».11e
                                                                            43
                                                                                                     18    Broil I de concentration In the Injection/withdrawal well  (12)	46

                                                                                                     19    Bromide concentration breakthrough curves  at  the seven
                                                                                                             levels of well  £3  during  experiment  K4	 47
20    Electrical conductivity breakthrough  curves  at  various
        levels of well E3 during experiment H  	
                                                                                                     48
21    Inferred normalized hydraulic  conductivity distribution   	 53

22    Injection well tracer concentration  versus time  during the
        first 80 hours of the two-well  test	56

23    Measured tracer concentration  versus 'time  in the withdrawal
        well  during the two-well  test	57

24    Measured and predicted breakthrough  curves at the 7  levels
        of observation well  E3 	 59

25    Normalized hydraulic conductivity distribution inferred from
        travel times Measured during the two-well  test 	 60

26    Hydraulic conductivity profile 	 63

27    Unsteady injection concentration  during  the  Pfckens and Grlsak
        (1981) single-well field  experiment   	 64

28    Comparison of SUAOM results with  field data  for  the flow-weighted
        concentration from an observation well one meter from the
        injection-withdrawal  well  	 66

29    Comparison of SWAOH results with  field data  for  the flow-weighted
        concentration from an observation well two meters from the
        injection-withdrawal  well  	 67

30    Comparison of SWADH results with  field data  for  the concentration
        leaving the injection-withdrawal well  	 69
                                                                                                     31    Results of various simulations of the two-well  test
                                                                                                     32    Calculated  tracer  concentration versus time in the withdrawal
                                                                                                             well	
                                                                            73


                                                                            76
                                                                                                    33    Comparison of measured and calculated tracer concentration
                                                                                                            versus time in the withdrawal  well	78

                                                                                                    34    Preliminary results of four single well tests performed at  the
                                                                                                            Hoblle site	83
                                                                                                                                         xi

-------
                                TABLES
Number

  1
                                                                     Page

Two-
                                                                      49
                                                                      71
                                Introduction
     Due to worsening national problems and potential problems relating to
Industrial waste disposal, municipal waste disposal, radioactive waste dis-
posal and others, there 1s Increasing pressure on hydrologlsts to Identify,
assess or even anticipate situations involving groundwater contamination.
In order to meet these demands, subsurface hydrologists have turned
Increasingly to the use of complex mathematical models that are solved with
the aid of a digital computer.  Some of the principal areas where
mathematical aw dels can now be used to assist 1n the management of EPA's
groundwater protection programs are:
     (1) appraising the physical extent, and chemical and biological
         quality, of groundwater reservoirs (e.g., for planning purposes),
     (2) assessing the potential Impact of domestic, agricultural, and
         industrial practices (e.g., for permit Issuance, EIS's, etc.),
     (3) evaluating the probable outcome of remedial actions at hazardous
         waste sites, and of aquifer restoration techniques generally,
     (4) providing exposure estimates and risk assessments for
         health-effects studies, and
     (5) policy formulation (e.g.. banning decisions, performance
         standards).
These activities can be broadly categorized as being either site-specific  or
generic modeling efforts, and both categories can be further subdivided into
point-source or nonpolnt-source problems.  The success of these efforts
depends on the accuracy and efficiency with which the natural  processes
controlling the behavior of groundwater, and the chemical and  biological
species 1t transports, are simulated.   The accuracy and efficiency of the
simulations, in turn, are heavily  dependent on the applicability of the
                             xii

-------
assumptions and simplification adopted In the model(s),  and on subjective
judgments made by the modeler and management.
EPA's Site-Specific Modeling Efforts
     Whether for permit Issuance, Investigation of potential problems, or
remediation of proven contamination, site-specific models are necessary for
the Agency to fulfill Us mandate under a number of major environment:!
statutes.  The National Environmental Policy Act (1970) stipulates a need to
show the Impact of major construction activities 1n Environmental Impact
Statements and potential Impacts are often projected by the use of
mathematical models.  The Underground Injection Control (UIC) program, which
originated In the Safe Drinking Water Act (1974) (SDWA) and Is now subject
to provisions of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (1984 Amend-
ments)  (RCRA). requires an evaluation of the potential for excessive
pressure build-up and contaminant movement out of the Injection zone.
Mathematical models are the primary mechanism for the required evaluation,
due  In  part  to  the difficulty of Installing monitoring wells several
thousand feet deep.
     UIC also calls  for determinations of which aquifers  serve, or could
 serve,  as  underground  sources of drinking water (USDW's), based on a  lower
 quality limit of 10,000 ppm total dissolved solids.   Here,  modeling  has  been
 found  to be  a useful  adjunct to gathering and  Interpreting  field  data, such
 as In  the  U.S.  Geological  Survey's  efforts  to  assist  EPA  In determining
 USDW's (e.g., the RASA program).  Another SDHA  program,  for the designation
 of Sole Source Aquifers (SSA),  has  frequently  employed the  use of models  for
 establishing and managing  water-quality  goals.  Designation of the  Spokane
Valley - Ratbdrwt Prairie SSA. for Instance, Included an evaluation of
nonpolnt-soureei of nitrates with a groundwater model developed for EPA by
the USGS.
     Son* of the most difficult site-specific problems  facing the Agency
involve  hazardous waste  sites  falling under  the purviews of RCRA and
CERCU/Superfund.   Associated  with most  of  these  sites  Is  a complex array of
 chenlcal wastes and the  potential for  groundwater contamination.   Their
 hydrogeologlc setting, usually •ppt.r  quite complicated when  examined at the
 sule appropriate for technical assessments and remediation efforts (e.g..
 100's to 1000's of feet).  Groundwater models are used to assist In the
 organization and Interpretation of data gathered during remedial Investiga-
 tions,  the prediction of potential contaminant transport pathways and rates
 of migration,  the  setting of  Alternate Concentration Limits,  the design and
 Carlson of  remedial  alternatives, and the evaluation of the performance
 of  final  C.s  bullf) design, at hazardous  waste  sites.   They are also used
  to  help determine  the adequacy of monitoring  and compliance  networks, and  to
  determine the  feasibility  of meeting  clean-up targets.
  Ej>A's Generic Modeling Efforts
       There are a number of Instances  where the Agency has limited data  or
  other  constraints, such that site-specific modeling 1s not feasible.  As a
  result, many  decisions are made  with the assistance of generic modeling
  efforts.  Generic efforts utilize analytical models,  as opposed to numerical
  models,  to  a  much greater degree than  occurs In  site-specific efforts.  This
   1, , logical  consequence  of the simplified mathematics of analytical models.

-------
the significantly greater data requirements of numerical models, and the
higher costs of numerical simulations.
     The Agency has many statutory responsibilities which benefit from
generic  modeling,  Including the estimation of potential environmental
exposures, and their Integration with dose-response nodeIs to yield
health-based risk assessments.  These are necessary, for example, 1n Issuing
compound-specific rulings on products subject to pre-reglstratlon require-
ments under the Toxic Substances Control Act and the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide, and Rodentldde Act.  More generalized policy formulation
activities also benefit  from generic modeling efforts.  Examples Include
making policy decisions  about land disposal 'banning,' preparing Technical
Enforcement Guidance Documents (I.e., for monitoring network designs), and
'dellstlng' under RCRA.
Subsurface Transport Models
     The most common types of modern groundwater transport models are a
collection of partial differential equations and other mathematical/physical
relationships that embody our best understanding of the system of Interest,
which 1n the present context 1s an aquifer.  Virtually all groundwater
models contain a number  of parameters, which are simply numbers or functions
that represent the physical and chemical properties of an aquifer and the
aqueous solution that It contains.  In order to apply a model to a
particular problem situation, one must specify all the parameters (length,
width, thickness, hydraulic conductivity, dlsperslvlty. retardation
coefficient, etc.) that  pertain to that particular system.  This Is what
distinguishes one system from another In the application of a mathematical
model.
     In the actual process of using a mathematical model, the user puts all
necessary Information Into the model (geometry, physical properties. Initial
and boundary conditions), and a computer 1s employed  to rapidly  solve  the
resulting equations which generates the model  output.  Output, for example.
might  include a  predicted contaminant  concentration distribution 10  years  In
the  future.  Presently,  this predictive process  1s  far  from satisfactory
 (Konikow.  1986).  Our understanding of all  the physical  and chemical
 phenomena  Involved is Imperfect,  and  there  are 1n»ense  difficulties  In
 measuring and specifying all  of the required Input data.   If accurate
 Information 1s not put Into a  mathematical  model, one cannot expect accurate
 information to  come out.
      Over the past decade, a significant number of scientists have concluded
 that the single most Important barrier to developing an Improved ability to
 simulate groundwater contamination problems 1s our Inability to measure.
 specify and, therefore, understand the type of hydraulic conductivity
 distribution  that occurs in natural aquifers  (Smith  and Schwartz. 1981).
 This  is not to  say that other  parameters such as those relating to  sorptlon.
  hydrodynamic  dispersion and chemical/biological  transformations are  not
  Important.   It  is simply  that  the hydraulic  conductivity  1s  more
  fundamental,  because together  with  the hydraulic head  distribution  and
  porosity,  it is the  physical  property that relates to  where  and how fast  the
  groundwater 1s moving.  If one does  not have the ability to specify the
  location of a  parcel of water at a given time, one can hardly  specify what

-------

^
   '• "ing on chemically and Mo10fla|1, (.
   -un c,Mon  „  deyot
                       * distribution, and «, r.1ltlon,Mp „
         to dUp.r,1on  (,Pr,.ding) of
  The Hydraulic Conduct^*,. Bi..-ft,,,t|njL
       Heasurement of hydraulic conductivity ,. difficult beeme  of
  location „.... belw, «. ,„„„„ ,urfa
  "•"Ml aquifers.   (It f. not uftcowm)fl
  •  '"tor of ,0   or more w   „„,„„ Qf ^ ^  -f ^ ^ ^
 variation, and the  unique physic.!,  chemical  and  biological environments
 found in the subsurface. It  1, difficult  or Impossible to study spatial
 variability  In a  definitive ».y with laboratory experiment,.
      According to Philip  (1980) field heterogeneity can be classified as
 either deterministic or  stochastic.  Deterministic heterogeneity refers to
 hydraulic conductivity variations that are sufficiently ordered to be
 characterized by , set number of measurements, although In practice the
measurements may  be  difficult to make.  Stochastic heterogeneity refer, to
nydr.ullc conductivity changes that are essentially random. maMng It
Pointless to  try  to  measure then  ,11.  However. even tne$e
on  scale of observation (problem size), because variations that can be
viewed collectively as stochastic on a sufficiently large scale (regional
scale) My have to be treated as deterministic on a smaller scale such as  a
site-specific scale.  In addition,  stochastic variations are often embedded
In  systematic trends (I.e., random variations within discrete strata).
     Since a complete characterization of the spatial distribution of
hydraulic conductivity and hence a  complete description of all the details
of  the flow field In an aquifer are practically Impossible, various
stochastic convection-dispersion models for solute transport have been
proposed In recent years (e.g., Gelhar and Axness, 1983; Winter.  198Z).
While these models may be useful under certain conditions, they also have
various limitations.  Detailed discussions of the capabilities and
limitations of these models nay be  found In Gelhar et al. (1979). Hatheron
and deHarsily (1980), Gelhar and Axness (1983), Dagan (1984).  and Sposlto.
Jury and Gupta (1986).   As reviewed In detail In the recent paper by
Sposlto. Jury and Gupta (1986). all such models Involve a conceptual
collection (ensemble) of statistically similar aquifers rather than a
specific real  aquifer.   Consequently,  these stochastic models  provide
results which are averages over the collection and,  therefore,  not directly
applicable to a  single  aquifer.  In addition, only under very  Halted
conditions can measurements In a single real  aquifer be related even
conceptually to  the statistics of a collection of aquifers that contains the
real aquifer as  one of  Its members. Essentially,  the real aquifer must be
statistically homogeneous  on  the average  and  ergodlc (rieuman,  1982;  Sposito,
Jury and Gupta,  1986).   Without going  Into  details here,  It  Is  sufficient to

-------
   »X that such a condition is very restrictive and does „„, all(jw
   to have  the type of genera,  variability  and persistent hydraulic conduc-
   tivity trends  that we  thieve  are essential  to  understanding  contaminant
   transport.  Part1CU,arly  In site-specific situation,  Invoking re,at1ve1y
   s-ort  trave, distances.   For these reasons and others. Sposlto. Jury and
   C«PU  (1986, conceded that -.«,, TOre theoret1ca, „„.„„ f§ ^^ ^
   the stochastic convection-dispersion TOdel  does not yet warrant unqualified
   u« .s a too, for physically ^ quantitative appHcatlons  of so,ute
   transport theory to the management of so,Ute movement at f,.,d scales."
       I" order to circumvent  the fundamental  difficulties  of the  stochastic
  convection-dispersion approach  discussed  In  the  previous  paragraph and  to
  
-------
familiar to almost everyone.  However, as Illustrated 1n Figure 1, nany
different phenomena contribute to the dispersion process 1n aquifers.  The
horizontal extent of the hypothetical tracer plume In Figure 1 Is determined
mainly by the elapsed travel time and the difference between the maximum and
minimum values of the horizontal advectlve velocities.  These velocity
variations result primarily from the variations of hydraulic conductivity.
Dilution within the plume and along the plume boundaries Is caused by
pore-scale mixing (local hydrodynan/lc dispersion) due In part to molecular
diffusion, velocity variations wlthlr, each pore, and the overall tortuosity
of the flow path.  In the hypothetical situation depicted 1n Figure  1, there
Is an overall trend of hydraulic conductivity Increase from the top  towards
the bottom of the aquifer.  Four minor trends, resulting In hydraulic
conductivity peaks In both the upper third and bottom third of the aquifer.
are evident also, with the lower peak being more pronounced.  The plume
concentration distribution 1$ determined to a large extent by these  trends.
In addition, there are "wobbles" In the concentration distribution caused by
seepage velocity components In all directions at a scale smaller than the
scale of the minor trends noted above.  Thus the actual concentration
distribution of the plune Is determined by a combination of strata-scale
advectlve effects arising from the nonunlform velocity distribution  and
pore-scale mixing effects caused by the concentration differences within the
plume and the basic nature of pore-scale flow.  This pore-scale effect Is
most pronounced at the plume boundaries because the concentration gradients
are largest there.  In addition, wobbles In the concentration distribution
at an Intra-stratum scale could, after a sufficient travel time, result In a
type of semi-local mixing, which some researchers have called macro-
dispersion  (Gelhar and Axness. 1983).  As the plume travels further
                                      10
downstream, the concentration gradient, In the transverse direction would be
gradually smoothed out due to both hydrodynamlc dispersion and seepage
velocity components In the tran,ver,e direction and a somewhat well-mixed
condition would develop at each  stre.nulse station over  the whole  depth of
the aquifer after a  sufficiently  long  travel  tine.   However,  the  time
required  for  this behavior could be  very  large (see.  e.g.,  Gelhar  et al..
1979;  Matheron and  deHarslly.  1980;  Molz  et  al.  1983; Guven et al..  1984).
In many site-specific situation,, such large tr.vel  time, are usually not
involved, and variation, of  concentration over the depth of the aquifer are
expected to be an Important consideration when dealing with particular
 site-specific problem,.
 Simulation of Advect1onH)1sper,1on Processes
       Historically, the field of subsurface  hydrology developed mainly In
 response  to  groundw.ter  supply  problems.  To  solve such problems  there was
 often little need  to develop  detailed  Information concerning  the  spatial
 variability  of hydraulic conductivity  within  a  given aquifer.   Knowledge of
  the  average  tr.nsmlsslvlty  and  stor.tlvlty  of the aquifer was adequate along
  with specification of the vertical  aquifer  boundaries (water table  or
  confining layers)  and In some  case, the lateral boundaries.  For these
  condition,. one-d1men,1onal, horizontal, transient flow 1n a confined
  homogeneous aquifer may be written a, (Freeze and Cherry. 1979)
            »2h   S »h                                                     (1)

   where x - length  In the direction  of  flow, t • time,  h •  hydraulic head. S  -
   storatlvlty and T - tr.nsmlsslvlty.   Typically, the average  S  and  T values
   would be determined by a pumping test utilizing fully-screened,  fully-
   penetrating pumping and observation wells  (Freeze  and Cherry.  1979).
                                        11

-------
       More recently, when societal trends shifted from groundwater supply to
  groundwater contamination problems, it seemed logical to work with the
  contaminant transport version of equation (1).  For steady horizontal flow
  but transient (time changing) dispersion of a conservative solute in a
  confined aquifer,  this equation is given by (Freeze and Cherry.  1979)

            " + V»'DL;7                                             <2>
  -here c » solute  concentration,  V  «  uniform seepage velocity  and  DL  • longi-
  tudinal  dispersion  coefficient.  DL  is given  by  the product «LV.  where «L 1s
  the longitudinal dlsperslvlty. which represents  the  random local  mixing
  properties of  the aquifer.  But what happens  if one  attempts to blindly
  apply equation  (2)  to  the situation depicted  in Figure 1?  First of ,11.  one
  would have to work with some average horizontal velocity. V.  an average
  concentration. E.  and some type of apparent or effective dispersion coeffi-
  cient, Of, which we will call  the "full  aquifer"  dispersion coefficient.
 «th these assumptions, solutions of equation  (2)  would  predict tracer
 distributions similar to those shown  in Figure 2.  Comparison  of the
 predicted distributions (which,  as  a  result  of the assumptions  are uniform
 In the vertical  direction) with  the more  realistic distribution (Figure IB)
 shows this approach  to  be generally unsatisfactory.   A lot of useful
 Information   has been lost by  not incorporating the  vertical distribution  of
 hydraulic  conductivity.  This example highlights the  problem that results
 -hen  attempting to solve groundwater contamination problems with approaches
 found to be useful  In water supply problems.   Two-dimensional  versions of
equation (2) are the so-called area! advectlon-dlsperslon models;  they  are
based on the same vertically-averaged  approach  and thus suffer  from the same
limitations.
                                     12
      If one considers explicitly the vertical variation of  hydraulic  conduc-
tivity for the transport problem Illustrated  In Figure 1 with  flow, V(z),
parallel to the stratification 1n a horizontal stratified aquifer, the
governing equation becomes {Molz, Guven and Melville, 1983)

                                                                          (3)
                             »x
where c « c(x,z,t) • concentration distribution, z = vertical coordinate, OT
• OTV(Z) » transverse (vertical) dispersion coefficient, DL • 
-------
                                   (A)
	 ^3»
^
Hypolhelicol i
/Velocity
"••^ j Dislribulion
^ *^ i
	 ^^^ 1
1 i -y *T, Jjjjjjjjii , , , \




/Tracer al
Tlme-0
4-

                                          Tracer Dislribulion
                                          al Time >0
Figure 1.   Part (A) show, a hypothetical velocity distribution and an Initial
           distribution of tracer while part (B)  shows how the tracer would
           be dispersed by the moving groundwater at  several different scales.
           Three common mechanisms of pore scale  dispersion (velocity variation
           within a pore (a); flow path tortuosity (6), and molecular diffusion
           due to concentration differences (Y) )  are Illustrated also.

                                     14
                                                                                                                            (A)

                                                                                           \\\\\\\\\\\\V\\\
                                                                                                    Tracer  at
                                                                                                    time=0
                                Tracer  al  later
                                limes  I,  and  I25
                                                                                                                             (B)
                                                                                                                  A
                                                                                                                          Displacement
Figure  2.   Schematic diagram showing the Inherent  lack of vertical
           contaminant concentration structure resulting from
           vertically-averaged  transport models (part A) and
           the  resulting plots  of concentration versus distance
           (part B).
                                  !'

-------
  *«  to a combination of  local nixing. DT
-------
                          Types of Tracer Tests
     It Is generally agreed that tracer tests are currently the rest relia-
ble field methods  for obtaining data to describe dispersion 1n groundwater.
Most tracer tests  can be placed In two major categories—natural gradient
and forced gradient.  As the name Implies, natural gradient tests Involve
various means of placing an Inert, non-adsorbing chemical  (tracer) In an
aquifer and allowing It to move with the natural groundwater flow (Sudlcky,
Cherry and Frlnd.  1983).  Stanford University, In cooperation with the
University of Waterloo, has recently completed a detailed  natural gradient
test soon to be reported In Hater Resources Research.   Herein we are con-
cerned mainly with forced gradient tests which employ  pumping wells
(Injection and/or  withdrawal) to move a tracer through the test aquifer.
Normally, the selected pumping rates are such that the resulting hydraulic
gradients are much larger than the natural gradient.   For  this reason,
forced gradient tests are much shorter In duration than natural gradient
tests.  The most common types of forced gradient tracer tests are single-
well tests and two-well tests. Over the past two years, both types have
been performed at  the Mobile site (Molz et al., 1985,  1986). and both types
have been studied  In some theoretical detail relative  to their analysis and
Interpretation In  stratified aquifers (G'uven et al.,  198S, 1986).  The
stratified aquifer assumption represents the simplest  aquifer Idealization
having a  horizontal hydraulic conductivity distribution that depends on the
vertical  coordinate (Guven. Molz and Melville, 1984).
     Shown In Figure 3 Is a typical configuration for  a single-well test.
The term  "single-well* represents the fact that only one pumping well Is
required  In order  to perform the test.  As detailed In Guven et al. (1985),
an observation well with multilevel samplers Is required In order to obtain
                                   18
INJECTION
WITHDRAWAL
                           ONFINING  LAYER
                               INJECTION-
                               WITHDRAWAL
                               WELL
                               OBSERVATION
                               WELL
                               WITH
                               MULTILEVEL
                               SAMPLERS
             LOWER CONFINING  LAYER
Figure 3.    Vertic.l cro.s-seccion.l di.gr.. showing  single-weH
            ce»t  geometry.
                            19

-------
tracer travel time data at several vertical positions In the aquifer.  One
or more such observation/sampling wells may be used In any particular tracer
test.  Actual test performance Involves the Injection of water having a
known concentration of tracer, C
-------
   Injection  well
       (source)
Withdrawal  well
         (sink)
                                                    Multi-Level
                                                    Observation
            Vertical  section  in  x-z plane
Figure  4.    Two-well Celt geometry  In a str.lifted aquifer.
                               22
node, the water produced from the withdrawal well  Is wasted at a safe
distance from the  test area.  A separate water  supply, usually a well In the
sane aquifer but sufficiently far from the  two  test wells, so that
negligible hydraulic  Interference occurs, provides the Injection water.   The
Injection tracer concentration In this case Is  C1nJ(t) • C1r)(t).
     For the two-well tests discussed herein, observation wells containing
Isolated multilevel  samplers are Installed  between the Injection well and
the withdrawal  well  In order to sample the  tracer  concentration at different
elevations In the  aquifer during the experiment.   From the tracer arrival
times at several Isolated sampling points In a  multilevel sampling
observation well,  the variation of horizontal hydraulic conductivity In  the
vertical my be Inferred (Plckens and Grlsak, 1981).  As will be described
In more detail  later, the Inference assumes that the aquifer Is perfectly
stratified and  of  constant thickness and porosity  In the vicinity of the
test wells.
            Design and Construction of Multilevel Sampling Wells
     As explained  In the previous section,  the  most unique aspect of the
single- and two-well tests that we are discussing  Is the use of one or more
multilevel  sampling wells to obtain tracer  travel time data at different
elevations In the  study aquifer.  This changes  the objective of the tests
from attempting to determine a number for the so-called full aquifer longi-
tudinal dtsperstvlty of (which we believe Is rather meaningless at the scale
of practical tracer  tests) to one of gathering  Information about the advec-
tlon pattern In the  aquifer, which In most  situations will dominate the
early tracer dispersion process as Illustrated  In Figure 1.  (Field evidence
In support of this statement will be presented  later.)  Because of the
emphasis on obtaining accurate tracer travel times at Isolated elevations In
                                    23

-------
the study aquifer,  It 1s vital that multilevel sampling wells be constructed

so that dependable  data are obtained.  Unfortunately, a satisfactory

solution to the multilevel sampling well construction problen 1s not yet

available.

     Shown 1n Figure 5 are three multilevel sampling well types.  In recent

tracer tests with which the authors are concerned, various versions of type

! have been attempted.  Type I and related types have appeal because of the

convenient vertical location of the sampling  zones, and the potential

economy of Installation.   Illustrated 1n Figure 6 1s the multilevel sampling

system described by Plckens et al. (1978) and later used In single- and

two-well  tracer tests  (Plckens and Grlsak, 1981).  The systeo was designed

for  shallow water  table applications and was  usually forced Into position

using  a  high pressure  water jet (Plckens et al., 1978).  Identical or

similar  systems have been  utilized or tested  by other research groups

 (Stanford  University.  Tennessee Valley Authority, personal communications).

For  the  Plckens et al.  (1978) system to perform acceptably, the study

aquifer  must collapse  around  the  sampler and  make good contact so that

spurious  high  vertical  permeability pathways  are not created along or near

the  aquifer-sampler boundary  (Fig. 14).  Apparently, this was not a problem

in the  clean sandy aquifer studied by Plckens and Grisak (19E1).  However,

 In more  cohesive aquifers  with lower vertical hydraulic conductivities and

higher  vertical head gradients, problems have been observed (Tennessee

Valley  Authority,  personal communication).

     Moltyaner and Killey  (1986)  have developed an automated multilevel

sampling  system designed  for  use  with radioactive tracers.  This system,

which  uses a dry access well monitoring technique, is illustrated In Figure

7.   With  this  arrangement  Moltyaner and Killey (1986) made the equivalent of

                                     24
                                   t  ;
       n
       X
       o
       a
       a
               V
               L
II
r
                        ,

-------
                    •to vacuum
                     flask
                           Surface
                                        PVC pipe
                                           Screen
Figure 6.    Pickens et  »1. multi-level sampling/observation well.
                                                                                       Steel
                                                                                       Casing
                                                                                        (6")
                                                                                          Packer
                                                                                                                   .Grout
                                                                                               Slots
 /

\
                                                                                                         j  !  !   %olld PVC
r
                                                                                                                  Pipe (4")

                                                                                   AQUIFER
                                                                                                                ^Removable  PVC
                                                                                                                 Insert Pipe 12")
                                                                                                        :    ::
                                                                                                        !!  !!
                                                                                       The Insert will
                                                                                       Contain all
                                                                                       Instrumentation

-------
750.000 point measurements using computer-controlled probe placement and
data aqulsltlon. which illustrates one of the tremendous labor-saving  >J\an-
tages associated with the use of radioactive tracers.
     Presumably, the dry access tube(s) could be Implaced using a variety of
drilling techniques, each of which would have a different effect on the
tube-aquifer boundary.  If the tubes were jetted Into th<- study aquifer or
placed 1n augsr holes with the Idea of having the formation collapse around
them, then the saw potential vertical leakage problem discussed previously
would seem to exist.  If thick drilling mud were used, however, and the
access tube placed 1n a ntd-llneti hole. 1t would seem that the potential for
spurious vertical leakage would be diminished greatly.
     Molz et al. (1985) describe the design and construction of a multilevel
sampling well system for use with chemical tracers In a variety of confined
and unconflned aquifers.  The actual sampling system Is not perfected and
should be viewed as a prototype.  However, it appeared to work In a satis-
factory manner at the Mobile site.
     As shown in Figure 0. the screened portions of the multilevel observa-
tion wells are not of a standard design.  The screens themselves are com-
posed of 91 cm  (3') slotted sections alternating with 213 cm (71) solid
sections.  Although 5 slotted sections are shown In Figure 8 for purposes of
Illustration, the actual screens contained 7 slotted sections.
     As also shown in Figure 8, a 5.1 cm (2") diameter PYC Insert was
constructed with slotted and solid portions that matched with those of the
observation well screen.  The insert was designed to hold any wires, tubing,
or  Instrumentation that Ultimately would be placet) in an observation well.
Composed of threaded 3.05 m (10') sections, the inserts extended all the way
to  the land surface.  In order to Isolate the various sampling zones, the
                                      28
Steel
casing
 (6")
                         29

-------
Inierts were fitted externally with cylindrical annular Inflatable packers
as Illustrated In Figures 9 and 10.  After the required probes, tubing and
wires were placed within the Inserts, the sampling sections were Isolated
Internally with illlcone rubber plugs.  The complete Insert was constructed
on the surface, then placed 1n the well, using a crane, positioned and the
packers inflated.  After Installation, each Isolated 91 cm <3') sampling
zone appeared as shown In Figure 11.  A conductivity probe was placed near
the zone center, and two lengths of vacuum tubing connected the sampling
zone to the surface.  This tubing rould be used with peristaltic pumps to
mix the contents of the sampling zone and to obtain groundwater samples for
analysis as Illustrated In Figure 12.
     In designing the multilevel sampling wells for use at the Mobile site,
the drilling and well development process illustrated  In Figure 13a,b was
visualized.  After removal of the drilling equipment,  the drilling mud and
disturbed aquifer material are mixed significantly as  shown 1n Figure 13a.
The cleaning and development procedure then was to pump and surge the wells
until the water was clear and devoid of drilling mud and fine material.  As
shown in case (b), Figure  13, this procedure probably left some drilling
mud adjacent to the solid casing segments and a disturbed (perhaps more
permeable) aquifer material near the slotted segments  where samples were to
be collected.  Such mud remnants would not be left behind (see Figure 13c)
if a fully slotted screen had been  used.  The potentially beneficial effects
of a partially slotted  (segmented)  screen with respect to a fully slotted
screen, and a vertical  leakage path possible In the fully slotted case, are
illustrated further in Figure 14.   The drllHno mud remnant adjacent to the
solid portion of  the  screen may result  In a barrier to vertical flow that  1s
very desirable.   For  the  fully slotted  screen, very little inud remains after
                                      30
Figure 9.
Multil.v.1 ...pit., -ell with sampling zone, l.ol.t.d with
inflit.blt packers and illlcone rubber plug..
                                   31

-------
       Top View
Packer  M     l|;i
      \ i  I     I'll
        J	[I
       Side View
                                      Tubing  To

                                      Surface
                                           4" PVC
                                           Packer
                                     !    crSlotted
                                           Section
                                           2" PVC
Figure  10.    Details concerning the  geometry and  Installation

             of Inflatable packers.  The packers  were Inflated

             with water.
                           32
                                                                                                                                              •

-------
                                    Peristaltic
                                   xPump  Drive
                                       To  Sample
           Tubing
                                              .Clamps
               rom
             Sampling
             Zone
To Sampling-^.
7nnn            ^^
Zone
Figure 12.    Diagram Illustrating the scheme for causing mixing In Che various
           (solaced sampling tones and obtaining samples  Cor Laboratory
           analysis.
                              34
                                                                                                      35

-------
                                              packtr
            Col  segmented
('b')  fully.slotted
Figure 14.
                                     36
                                            development and a disturbed aquifer material of possibly higher permeability
                                            would result along the entire length of screen.
                                                 The most thought out and best designed multilevel sampling system  from
                                            a vertical Integrity viewpoint of which the authors are aware appears to be
                                            the multiple port system manufactured by Uestbay Instruments, Ltd. of Van-
                                            couver. B.C.  In Us present configuration, however, the system 1s suited
                                            for groundwater monitoring but not tracer testing which requires the ability
                                            to sample rapidly and simultaneously from a number of elevations.  Lack of a
                                            solution to the vertical Integrity problem valid In a broad range of aquifer
                                            types coupled with the unavailability of economic,  dependable and flexible
                                            commercial equipment Is a major Impediment to the practical application of
                                            most types of multilevel tracer testing.
                                                                                                           Performance  and  Results  of  Single-Well and Two-Well
                                                                                                                     Tracer Tests at the Mobile  Site
     Using the multilevel sampling wells described 1n the previous section,
a series of single-well and two-well tracer tests were performed at the
Mobile site over the past two years.  The major purpose of these tests was
to measure the tracer travel times between an Injection well  and one or more
multilevel sampling wells.  Subject to several assumptions to be discussed
later In this section, the resulting travel time data allows  one to Infer a
vertical distribution of horizontal hydraulic conductivity.   He view the
experiments to be described as the simplest and most convenient tracer tests
which yield some Information about the variation of aquifer  hydraulic
properties with respect to the vertical  position In the aquifer.  The basic
experimental  plan was to conduct a series of single-well  and  two-well tests
at different locations In an attempt to  build up a  three-dimensional  picture
of the hydraulic conductivity distribution.  He did not attempt to make
point measurements or nearly point measurements as  was done by  Plckens and
                                     37

-------
  GHsak  (1981).   Our  objective  was  to  average  tracer travel  times over a

  suitable aquifer thickness.  Thus  the  Inferred  hydraulic  conductivity

  distribution  that results may  be viewed as  being  based  on a  type of spatial

  average.


      The project site fs located In a  soil  borrow area  at the Barry Steam

  Plant of the Alabama Power Company, about 32 km (20 ml) north of Mobile,

  Alabama.  The surface zone Is  composed of a low-terrace deposit  of  Quater-

  nary age consisting of Interbedded sands and clays  that have, In  geologic

  time, been recently deposited along the western edge of the Mobile  River.

 These sand and clay deposits extend to a depth of approximately  61 m  (200

 ft) where the contact between the Tertiary and Quaternary geologic eras Is

 located.  Below the  contact,  deposits  of the Miocene series  are found that

 consist of undlfferentlated  sands,  sllty clays and thin-bedded limestones

 extending  to an approximate  depth of 305 m (1000 ft).   The study  formation

 1s a confined aquifer approximately 21  m (69 ft)  thick  which rests on the

 Tertlary-Quaternarty  contact.


      Except  for  the well diameters. Figure 15  Is a vertical  section  scale

 drawing  of the  subsurface hydrologlc system  at the Mobile  site.   Included 1n

 the  drawing  are  3 pumping wells  (El. 12 and  E10) and 4 multilevel observa-

 tion wells (E5.  E3, E7 and E9) all  situated  at approximately  the  same

 vertical plane.   (A schematic plan  view showing the  wells El  and  12  and  the

 supply well S2 is given In Figure 17).   The  study aquifer 1s well  confined

above and below by clay-bearing strata  that  probably extend laterally  for

several thousand  feet or more, and the  natural piezometric surface of  the

confined aquifer at the test site 1s at a depth of 2 to 3 m (6 to  10 ft)

below the ground surface.   In experiments performed to date,  vertical

hydraulic gradients within  the aquifer  have been  small.   A medium to fine

                                     38
               O
                a i > i
39

-------
sand containing approximately 3 percent silt and clay by weight composes  the
main aquifer matrix at well E3.  (At other locations in the aquifer the
fines vary from II to 151 by weight.)  When E3 was constructed, moderately
disturbed cores were obtained at 7 locations throughout the depth of the
study aquifer using a Shelby tube.  The resulting particle size and
distribution data, which we  believe are accurate'despite the moderate
disturbance, are presented in Table 1.  Further details concerning
aquifer/aquitard hydraulic and other physical properties nay be found In
P»rr et al. (1983).
     The pumping wells are constructed of 20.3 cm (8") steel casings with
15.2 on (6") stainless steel, wire wrapped screens and are grouted from the
top of the  study aquifer to the land surface.  As illustrated in Figure 16,
the piping  and valve  system associated with each pumping well Is designed so
that the well  can  be  used  for  Injection or withdrawal of tracer solution.
In  the single-well test to be  reported in detail herein, tracer solution was
injected through well 12.  As  illustrated In Figure  17, supply water was
obtained from  a well  (SZ)  screened in  the study aquifer about 244 m (800  ft)
east of 12.  This  separation was  sufficiently large  so that  the hydraulic
effects of  S2  pumping did  not  affect the  tracer experiments  in the vicinity
of  12.  Concentrated  tracer  solution was  mixed in a  4800 liter (1270 gal)
tank and added to  the 10.2 en  (4  in) pipeline connecting S2  and 12 using  a
metering pump.  The pipeline  travel distance from the metering pump to the
study aquifer  was  at  least 160 m  (525  ft) which was  more than sufficient  to
 Insure  complete mixing of  the  tracer.   It was assumed that  the plezometHc
head distribution  in  the  Injection well  screen was uniform with depth since
 the screen  diameter was 15.2  cm  (6  in) which resulted in a maximum average
vertical  fluid velocity in the screen  of  0.84 m/s  (2.75 ft/s)  (during
                                      40
Table 1.  Particle sUe distribution data for the seven disturbed  cor*S
    obtained during construction of well E3.
	 	
Depth of Core
(m)
40.2
43.3
46.6
49.7
52.7
56.1
59. 1
——————
°60
(m)
0.46
0.36
0.58
0.46
0.49
0.59
0.94
— ... i- "™ '
D30
(on)
0.35
0.26
0.45
0.27
0.28
0.44
0.56
--
• — "••" •"— '
D10
(«o)
0.21
0.13
0.21
0.12
0.15
0.26
0.19
__ 	
Percent Passing
1200 Sieve
(I)
1.8
1.4
3.0
5.6
3.5
1.2
3.8
— _ 	 	 	 —
                                        41

-------
  4'Pipe ond Fittings-^
                                                MOTOR

                                               Drive Shofb
                                                                                                                         Tracer
                                                                                                                         Tank
                                            Instrument
                                            Trailer
                                                                                    Figure 17.
Dlagraat ihouing tht IB*in features  of  the  surface  hydraulic  system
used In the single- and  two-we 11  tracer  tests  at  the  Mobile  site.
Figure 16.
              Piping  and  valvlng  schema associated with
              pumping wells  at  the Mobile site.
                           42
                                                                                                                         43

-------
experiment 14).  Thus the maximum velocity head was only 0.037 m  (0.12 ft)
and the head losses due to friction along the 21 m (69 ft) length of screen
would be less than 0.10 m (0.33 ft).  These totals when compared  to the
Injection head of approximately 3 m (9.8 ft) are consistent with  the
assumption of constant head In the well screen Interior.
     A* discussed In detail by Molz et al. (1985), several preliminary tests
were conducted with the objective of assessing the vertical Integrity of tha
multilevel sampling wells and the effect of mixing the water within each
sampling zone which was approximately 0.91 m  (3 ft) high.  It was concluded
that sample  zone  Isolation was adequate for tec's which were to follow.
There was a  significant difference between breakthrough curves at the seven
sampling zones depending on whether sample zone mixing was Induced.  There-
fore,  It was concluded that mixing within each Isolated sampling  zone Is
desirable.   For a sampling zone of finite length It Is possible for the
tracer  to enter the zone anywhere along the slotted length and then be
recorded depending on unknown natural nixing  and probe position.  Imposed
mixing  forces  an  Integration effect causing tracer concentration  to be more
representative of the entire length of the sampling zone.  (This  relates
back  to the  moving average  concept discussed  previously.)  Without Imposed
mixing, the  effective sampling  length  1n  the  vertical direction Is unknown.
Single-Well  Test
      The  first complete  single-well  tracer  test conducted at the  Mobile site
was labeled  "experiment  14" and utilized  the  multilevel sampling  well E3
 (Figure 15).  To  start  the  experiment,  supply groundwater without tracer was
 Injected  Into 12  until  the  Initial  transients disappeared and a steady
 Injection  rate resulted  (approximately  2  hours).  Then at time zero tracer
was added  to the  Injection  water, and  the actual test Initiated.  Shown 1n
                                      44
Figure 18 are the bromide concentrations measured 1n 12  (Injection/
withdrawal well), while the concentration breakthrough curves measured  1n  E3
(multilevel sampling well) are shown 1n Figure 19.  (Hater  samples were
obtained  fro. the Injection/withdrawal well using a faucet  In  the pipeline.)
During the experiment  tracer  solution  at an average concentration of 242
•g/1  was  injected at the  rate of  0.915 m3/m1n  (242  gpm)  for the first 32
hours.  This  Injection rate,  without tracer added  to  the water, was
maintained  for  the  next 22  hours  at which  time Injection was halted.  One
hour and  15 minutes later withdrawal pumping  was Initiated at the rate of
 1.19 m3/m1n (314 gpm)  and continued for two weeks  so  that virtually all
 tracer was removed  from the system.  Note that Figure 18 contains both
 injection and withdrawal data while Figure 19 contains only Injection
 breakthrough data.
      Table 2 contains  the time for  501 of breakthrough  for  each  level  based
 on  the electrical  conductivity measurements for experiment 14  shown 1n
 Figure 20 and  the  concentration  data  shown In Figure  19.   With the  probable
 exception of level 1.  the  concentration data  look  quite good.   On the
 average, the arrival  times based on electrical  conductivity lag those  based
 on  concentration by about  2  hours.  (We will  refer to this as the "two-hour
  rule" later on.)   This 1s  largely due to  the fact that the electrical
  conductivity of the  supply water, which  Is  ultimately mixed with tracer. Is
  lower than that of the native groundwater In the  vicinity of 12 by about
  16*. caused In part by water chemistry changes Induced by previous aquifer
  thermal energy storage experiments at the same site (Molz et .1..  1983).
  Thus as the tracer solution approaches a conductivity probe, the reading
  will decrease  Initially even though  the bromide concentration  Is Increasing.
  The net effect of this  Interaction 1s to cause the electrical  conductivity
                                        45

-------
   300n
    240
§  180-

O
z
o
0  120
CD
      60-
                    30       60       90
                              TIME  (HOURS)
120
 Figure  18.    Bronlde concentration In Che Injection/withdrawal well (12)
              during experiment H1*. Tracer Injection ended at  t»32 hours;
               Injection ended »t  t-54 hours.  Withdrawal began at t»55.25
               houri.
                                  46
                                      too
                                    = 1*0
                                    "i leo
                                    e 140
                                    • i to
                                    — 100
                                    Z  .0
                                    ;  .0
                                                                                                   Level I
                                                                                                                         Level 2
                                                                                              ~—to—io   40  »o  To  to 10  40
                                                                                                                     Time (hr»)
                                       too
                                       110
                                       1*0
                                       140
                                       I tO
                                       IOO
                                        .0
                                        *o
                                        40
                                        to
                                                                                                 Level 4
                                                                                                                 Level 9
                                                                                                                                               Level 7
                                                                                                 o  to10 to  ao  40  o   io   to  10  to  »o^40  to
                                                                                                                     Tim* (hr«)
                                          Figure 19.   Bromide concentration breakthrough curves at the
                                                     seven levels of well E3 during  experiment #4.
                                                                                                                        47

-------


1
1

1
1
u






1
E
^J
i
u
i


400
380
360
340

320-
300-
28O-
260-

240-
•«e«^UK
1
380.

360.
340


320-
300-
280-
260-
240.

£*• 
AJO '
j^*«^% t
• & y
n ' >
? ! i
/ i I
f Level / ?
Y ^ V* / ,
? 0-9-W V*
ki

                                   TkM (hril


Ftgur. 20.  EUctrleal conductivity breakthrough curve, .t vrlou,
            leveli of well E3 during experiment #4.
                                                                                         Table  2.   Sampling zone  elevations,  arrival  tines  for  fifty  percent break-
                                                                                              through,  apparent dlspersfvlty values  and  Inferred normalized hydraulic
                                                                                              conductivity  values  for  experiment  14.
Level
t
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Mid-Zone
Elevation
-40.7 m
-43.8 m
-46.6 m
-43.3 m
-52.9 •
-56.0 m
-59.0 m
Arrival Times
from
Concentration
Measurements
33.4 hr?
24.3 hr
20,5 hr
14.0 dr
19.0 hr
8.0 hr
32.4 hr
Arrival times
Normalized Apparent from normalized
Hydraulic Dlsper- Electrical Hydraulic
Conductivity slvlty Conductivity Conductivity
Measurements
0.24
0.33
0.39
0.57
0.44
1.00
0.25
0.07+0.01 m
0.18+0.02 m
0.17+0.06 m
0.12+0.04 m
0.32_+0.08 m
0.50+0.03 m
0.04^0.01 m
29.0 hr
27.3 hr
—
16.0 hr
21.8 hr
10.0 hr
33.2 hr
0.34
0.37
--
0.63
0.46
1.00
0.30
                                   43

-------
data to overestimate the actual mid-rise arrival time.  Presumably, this
could be corrected by adding additional Ions, other than bromide, to the
supply water.  However, we did not attempt this because the probe recordings
were used mainly to orient ourselves qualitatively as to what was happening
In the subsurface.  Ultimately, calculations of normalized hydraulic
conductivity were based mainly on arrival times deduced from concentration
data measured In the laboratory.  The results of both are shown In Table 2
mainly for comparison and Information purposes.
     Tracer travel time data alone does not enable one to calculate an
absolute value of hydraulic conductivity.  To calculate such a value for the
general nonhomogeneous case, one must know the  flow path, porosity and
hydraulic head distribution along the flow path In addition to the travel
time.   It was not feasible to measure all these quantities during our tracer
tests.  However. If one approximates the real aquifer In the test vicinity
with a  perfectly stratified aquifer of constant porosity and horizontal
layering, then for a fully penetrating Injection well the Darcy velocity at
the elevation of each  sampling zone will be horizontal and proportional to
the hydraulic conductivity at  that level.  Thus the following equations can
be written
stRjR/t
                                                                          (6)
 where K,  • horizontal  hydraulic  conductivity at  the  1th  level, B(R) >
 •/(dh/dr)  where  •  Is  the  porosity  and  dh/dr  Is the hydraulic  gradient at
 radius R,  v.  • seepage velocity  at the 1th level, R  •  constant radial
 distance  between the  Injection well  and a particular multilevel  sampling
 well. t.  • tracer  travel  time between  the two wells  at the  1th level, T •
                                       SO
                                                                aquifer  transmlsslvtty,  and Q  -  Injection  flowrate.   At any particular
                                                                level, t.  It  taken  as  the  time between  the  start of  tracer Injection and
                                                                when  SOI of breakthrough occurs.   In  any given experiment there will be a
                                                                minimum  arrival  time.  t^. which corresponds to the layer with the largest
                                                                hydraulic  conductivity.  KMX,  and from equation (6)

                                                                 Forming the ratio of equations (6) and (7), one arrives at what can be
                                                                 called the normalized hydraulic conductivity
                                                                                  'mln
                                                                                                                                         (7)
                                                                                                                                          (8)
It Is also possible to calculate the ratio K,/R • t/t,, where the "bar"
notation Indicates average values (Plckens and Grlsak, 1981).  R could then
be equated, as a first approximation, to the hydraulic conductivity obtained
from a fully penetrating pumping test, as K • T/B where T Is the trans-
mlsslvlty and 8 Is the aquifer thickness.  This would enable explicit values
to be calculated for each Kf.
     Me would like to re-emphasize that the simple equations (6) through  (P)
all result from the "stratified aquifer" approximation which many hydrolo-
glsts may consider too Idealized to represent a real aquifer.  There Is
certainly some merit to  this viewpoint.  However, the only other practical
alternative  that we see  at  the present  time Is  to make the usual assumption
of a homogeneous or statistically homogeneous aquifer and go after a full-
aquifer dlsperslvlty which, as discussed 1n the Introduction. Is a much
worse approximation.  Kore  will be said about this later.
                                      51

-------
     Based on equation (8).  Figure 21  resulted which Is a  plot of normalized
hydraulic conductivity '*/*-,,,)  »5 determined from the concentration data  of
experiment 14.  Since the concentration data  for level 1 are not consistent
with that from the other levels (perhaps a tubing leak?),  we used the
electrical conductivity data and the 2-hour rule (see page 22) to provide  an
Improved estimate of the level 1 relative permeability.  At this level the
electrical conductivity data were normal  In appearance and resulted In the
level  1 value on  the curve shown 1n Figure 21.  The results displayed
Indicate  the presence of a high permeability  zone In  the bottom third of the
aquifer,  along  the  line connecting E3 and 12.  This result Is consistent
with the  findings from  previous thermal energy storage experiments at the
Mobile site  which Indicated  the presence  of a high permeability zone,
 although at  a slightly  higher elevation  In the aquifer  (Molz et al.,  1983;
 Buscheck et  al.,  1983).
      In displaying the  data  of  Figure  21,  It  was  decided  to  simply draw
 straight lines between  the  points  where  hydraulic conductivity was known or
 measured.   In doing this use was  made  of  nine points—the  top and bottom of
 the aquifer, where the  clay confining  layers  force  the  permeability to
 essentially zero, and the seven sampling  points  where tracer  travel times
 were recorded.
 Two-Well Test
      As described previously, a two-well  test may be  used with  one  or more
 multilevel  sampling wells to obtain tracer travel  time Information  similar
 to  that obtained with a single-well test.  However,  the two-well  test 1s
 generally performed on a larger scale and, therefore. Is  more  time
 consuming.  At the Mobile site our single-well  tests  lasted about 5 days,
 while  the two-well tests required 30 to 35 days followed  by a month or more
                                      52
.1   .2  .3  .4  .5  .6  .7  .8   .9    I
                  K/Kmax
Figure 21.  Inferred nor».lix«d hydraulic "nd
            based on the results of experiment
            aquifer 'assumption.
                                        and the
                      53

-------
of withdrawal  to remove til remnant, of  tracer.  Generally speaking,  single-
well tests are suited for relatively low  cost but wall scale hydraulic
conductivity measurements because only a  single pumping well Is required.  A
two-well test 1n the non-reclrculatlng node requires at least 2 pumping
well* but provides the advantage of being able to move water relatively
rapidly over larger travel distances.
     Another aspect of a two-well test which was exploited In the present
study Is that It offers a convenient vehicle for testing tracer transport
prediction capability.  In several of our experiments at the Mobile site we
chose to employ the single-well test as t means for Inferring the hydraulic
conductivity distribution 1n a relatively stall aquifer region between an
Injection well and a multilevel observation well (maximum tracer travel
distance of 5.5 n (18 ft)).  The two-well test was then used to test
predictions over a relatively large aquifer region (minimum tracer travel
distance of 38.3 • (126 ft)) based on the vertical distribution of
horizontal hydraulic conductivity Inferred fro« the single-well  test.  This
procedure helps to define what Is actually being measured during a
single-well test and over what travel distances such a measurement might
have meaning.  It also provides valuable Insight concerning fundamental
properties of the flow field which was established during the experiments.
Predictions of two-well  test outcomes based on single-well  test results sre
discussed In the next section entitled 'Computer Simulation of Single-Well
and Two-Well Test Results."
     At this time 1n the project, 2 two-well tests have been performed at
the Mobile site.  The pairs of pumping wells used In the first and second
tests, respectively, were E1-I2 and I2-E10.  Both tests were done In the
non-reclrculatlng mode with El and 12 used as Injection wells In the first
                                     54
test and second test, respectively.  Herein, only the E1-I2 test will be
described In detail.
     Preparation for the execution of a two-well test Is similar In
philosophy to that for a single-well test.  The first step Is to establish
the flow field between the Injection and withdrawal wells using groundwater
without tracer.  As Illustrated In Figure 17. the piping between El and IZ
was valved off. and a pump In well S2 was used to Inject water Into El.
Simultaneously, a pump 1n 12 withdrew water which was then wasted.
Discharges were measured with standard turbine-type water meters and only
Blnor valve adjustments were required 1n order to get the Injection and
withdrawal rates essentially equal and to maintain equality throughout the
test.  Following flow field establishment, tracer Injection was Initiated
simply by turning on the metering pump (n the line connecting the tracer
tank to the S2-E1 pipeline (Fig. 17).  The E1-I2 test was performed within
the geo«wtry Illustrated previously In Figure 15.  Both the Injection well
(El) and withdrawal well (12) have 15.2 cm (6") diameter stainless steel
screens that fully penetrate the study aquifer.  The observation wells (E5
and E3) are constructed of PVC pipe as described In the discussion of
multilevel sampling well design and construction.
     The test began (tracer Injection Initiated) at 9:50 AM on August 31,
1984 and continued until 8:00 AM on October 2, 1984.  Injection and
withdrawal rates averaged 0.946 m3/m1n (250 gpm) and, typically, were equal
to within less  than II.  Tracer was added to the Injection water during the
first 76.6 hours of the experiment which resulted 1n the Injection
concentration  versus time function shown In Figure 22.  After approximately
70 hours, tracer began to appear In the withdrawal well.  As shown In Figure
23.  the withdrawal concentration versus time function was complex, and
                                      65

-------

-j
X
C7I
e
~~
0
"5
•t=
0)
u
o
U
ffl

200
ISO
160
140
120
too
SO
60
40
20
O
*^-y

~~x../-v--x




•
•
-










                0  10  20  30  40  30  60  70  80
                           Time  (Mrs.)
Figure 22.
Injection well tracer concentration versus
time during the first 80 hours of the two-well teat.
                              56
                                                                                                         NOIlVaiN3DNOD
                                                                                                               57

-------
measurable tracer concentrations persisted throughout the 32.5 day
experiment.  The peak concentration occurred rather early In the experiment
(-210 hours), and the curve had a well-defined 'till" that was still 15S of
the peak value (-40 tines the background value of 0.1 anj/1) when the
experiment was terminated.  Conputer simulations (see below) Indicated  that
the tailing wi.« due to the late arrival of tracer being brought to  the
withdrawal well along the flow lines which follow the longer and larger arcs
between the Injection well and the withdrawal well shown In Flgi-re  4.
     Throughout the experiment, data wvre collected at the two multilevel
observation wells shown In Figure 15.  There were seven 0.9 it (3 ft) long
Isolated sampling tones In each well that were kept continuously nixed  using
peristaltic pumps on the surface, just as In the previously described
single-well test.  The peristaltic pumps were used also to obtain samples
for analysis.  Shown In Figure 24 (lines connecting dots) are breakthrough
curves for the seven Isolated levels In well E3.  The data for well E5  1s
not shown because It was Invalidated by the presence of drilling mud that
was Inadvertently left In the formation during the well construction process
(Moll et al.,  1985).
     A tracer  travel time analysis similar to that described for the single-
well test and  embodied in equations  (6), (7), and (8) can be applied to the
two-well  test  (Pickens and Grisak, 1981).  When  this is done, using the
experimental data In Figure 24,  the  normalized hydraulic conductivity
distribution shown  In Figure 25  results.  Although there are some
differences, this distribution  Is quite similar  to that shown In Figure 21
which  resulted from the  single-well  test.
S
     ,
   MO
   110
   100-
    «o
    .0
    40
                                	EXPERIMENTAL DATA
                                    NUMERICAL MODEL
                                          LEVEL 2
        JOO 190  400 490 SOO  S90 100 •   200 ISO IOC HO 400  490 900 190
                            TIME (HR)
   too
   110
   no-
   no
   110
   100
    to
    to
    • 0
    10
LEVEL 3
            Y
                       LEVEL 4
                                          	i LEVEL 5
      I O tOO 900 «00 900 «00 100 200 900 400  900     190  tOO 290  900 990
                             TIME (HR)
  = 100
  4» 110-
  I 110-
  g .40-
  P .10-
  4 100-
  & M
  S to
  z «<>
  o to-
 LEVEL C
                                   LEVEL 7
          100 190 tOO  190 900
                                       190 tOO  190 900 990 400 490  900
                             TIME  (HR)
  Figure  24.  Measured (lines connecting  dots)  and  predicted  (full
              lines) breakthrough curves  at  the 7  levels  of observa-
              tion  well E3.
                                      58
                                                                                                                                   59

-------
     •'   -2   .3  .4 .5  .6  .7  .8  .9
                    (K/l
Figure 25.     Normalized hydraulic conductivity distribution
              inferred  from travel times measured during the
              tvo-uell  test.
                           60
                   Computer Simulation of Single-Hell and
                            Two-Well Test Result?
     The schematic diagram of tracer dispersion drawn 1n Figure 1 represents
an advection-dominated process.   One of the objectives of the research
reported In this communication Is to develop some Indication of how much
Information concerning tracer dispersion Is actually contained In normalized
hydraulic conductivity distributions similar to the type determined In
single-well and two-well tracer  tests subject to the stratified aquifer
approximation.  Moreover, when such Information is put Into a mathematical
model, how much of the dispersion process due to true hydrodynamic
dispersion and other factors, such as spatial variations of hydraulic
conductivity not allowed In the  stratified aquifer assumption,  1s left
unaccounted for?  To begin to answer this question for aquifers where  the
required Information Is available, computer simulations for various  experi-
ments were developed which explicitly considered the vertical  variation of
horizontal hydraulic conductivity as determined by single-well  or two-well
tracer tests.  Predictions of the computer models,  which were made without
"calibration* of any model parameters,  were then compared with  actual  field
results.
Simulation of Single-Well Tests
     The first field tracer tests studied In this manner were  the single-
well tests performed by Pickens  and Grlsak (1981).   This particular  test was
chosen for analysis because of the availability of very detailed  data  on
hydraulic conductivity, local dlsperslvlty and  concentration  distributions
from the test.  The computer model that was developed  1s called SHADH
(Falta, 1984; Guven et al., 1985).  It  takes Into account depth-dependent
advection in the radial direction and local  hydrodynamlc dispersion  In the
                                     61

-------
vertical ind radial directions (Guven et al.. 1985).  The model Is based on
the equation given by
                                                                         (9)
where r Is the radial coordinate, C • Clr.z.t) Is the tracer concentration,
ur • V'*' Is the radial seepage velocity, Dp • DQ + <>rIUR| 1s the radial
dispersion coefficient, DV • 0Q + 0VIUPI ** the vertical dispersion coef-
ficient. DQ Is the effective molecular diffusion coefficient, and ar and oy
are the radial and vertical local dlsperslvltles.
     The very detailed single-well tracer dispersion experiment of Interest
was performed In a shallow unconflned aquifer.  A volume of 95.6 cubic
meters of tracer-labeled water was Injected Into an 6.2 m thick aquifer at a
rate of 3.2 m /hr for a period of 30 hours and then withdrawn at the same
rate.  Withdrawal began Immediately at the end of Injection.  The
previously-described samplers were located In the aquifer at observation
stations 1, 2. 3, 4 and 6 • from the Injection-withdrawal well.  From the
relative tracer arrival times at different elevations 1n the observation
wells, a radial hydraulic conductivity distribution In  the vertical
(expressed as Kj/K) was calculated.  Additionally, Plckens and Grlsak (1981)
estimated the local longitudinal dlspersfvlty at each sampling point and
found  the values to be fairly constant with an average magnitude of about
0.007  m.  The K/K distribution Inferred from the breakthrough data at the
observation well at a distance of 1 m from the Injection-withdrawal well In
test SHI was  used In the SWAOH simulation.  This profile Is  shown  1n Figure
26.  The actual unsteady  Injection concentration, shown 1n Figure  27, was
used 1n  the  simulation (Plckens. 1983, personal  communication), along with
local  radial  and vertical dfsperslvltles of 0.007 m.  The value used for the
                                      62
depth
from
upper
confining
loyer
(metert)
I
U
I.O
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
(
• 1 * ' 1 1
=L (r-lm|

1

1 .
,1
1 .
1
,1
1 .
1
1
1
- . . 1 . . i , • • • •
) 1.0 2.0
K/R
Figure 26.    Hydraulic conductivity profile measured by
  8           Plckens ind Crl.ak (1981 ) and used In the present
              calculations.
                                                                                                                                     63

-------
         1.5
         1.0-
C(t)
        0.5-
       0.0-
                      •EXPERIMENTAL  DATA
                       [PICKENS,  PERSONAL
                       COMMUNICATION,  1983]
                   INJECTION
•
•
 •
 %
                                      -RECOVERY
              0    10   20    30   40   50    60
                         TIME  (HOURS)
 ""'•  "•
                              64
radial dlsperslvlty Is based on the observations, but the  value used for  the
vertical dlsperslvlty Is arbitrary and It was chosen simply as a possible
upper limit for this quantity In this case as discussed  In more detail  by
G'liven et al.  (1985).  The effects of the well radius and molecular diffusion
were neglected.  The porosity value used In the calculations was 0.38 as
given by Plckens and Grlsak (1981, page 1197).
     In Figures 28 and 29. the actual flow-weighted breakthrough curves from
observation wells located 1 and 2 m from the Injection-withdrawal  well
respectively  (Plckens and Grlsak, 1981b) are shown along with the  flow-
weighted breakthrough curves calculated by SHADH.   (The flow-weighted
concentration. C Is defined as C • /J (K(z)/R)Cdz/B.  where B 1s the  aquifer
thickness.)   In Figure 29, the wavy appearance of  the computed curve for a
tine greater  than about 10 hours 1s due to the unsteady Injection
concentration used In the simulation.   The experimental concentration versus
time data Measured at the Injection-withdrawal  well  is shown in Figure 30
along with  the results of the SHADM simulation using  the unsteady  Input
concentrations.  The early part of the  experimental data seems to  show a
large amount of scatter;  however,  this  part of the curve Is closely  modeled
by SWADM using the actual unsteady Injection concentration.  The later part
of the breakthrough curve Is underestimated by  SWADM.  The  reasons for this
are not clear.  One possible contributing factor could be the presence of
small-scale, three-dimensional,  very-low-permeablllty lenses embedded in the
aquifer, which the present model  does not take  into account.   These  lenses
could act as temporary storage  zones  for the tracer which may diffuse into
these zones during injection and  then move  out  slowly during withdrawal,
leading to  larger  concentrations during withdrawal than predicted by SWADM.
Another possible contributing  factor  for the  behavior noted above  is that
                                   65

-------
     i.oo


    0.75


    0.50


    0.25


    0.00-
• EXPERIMENTAL DATA
 [PICKENS AND GRISAK.  I 98 I ]

	NUMERICAL RESULT
  ar*av-o.oo7m
          0     5     TO    1520   25    30

                        TIME (HOURS)
Figure  28.   Compaction of SWADH results with field data for the
           flow-weighted concentration from an obtervatlon well
           one meter from the Injection-withdrawal well.
                         66
                                                                                I.OO-
                                                        0.75-
0.50-
                                                         0.25-
                                                         0.00
      .EXPERIMENTAL DATA
'(JPICKENS AND GRISAK,  1981  ]

    — NUMERICAL RESULT
       Otr *dum O.007m
                                                                           10    15     20
                                                                            TIME (HOURS)
                                      25
                                                                                                     30
                                                Figure 29.
                                                                                   from the injection-
                                                                                                    67

-------
according  to  the measured data, approximately  2.5 percent rite  tracer was
shown to have been withdrawn  than was Injected.  While this Is  certainly not
a large experimental error for a field experiment (In fact It is  quite
small). It 1s enough to have  significantly changed the slope of the later
part of the curve If that Is  where the.error occurred.  Since a mass balance
was not satisfied perfectly during this experiment, the net area  under the
experimental  curve  Is greater than the area under the calculated  curve.
However,  In obtaining the results shown In Figures 28, 29, and  30. no "model
calibration"  of any type was  performed.  Only  parameter values  measured by
Plckens and Grlsak  (1981) were utilized.  The  resulting curves  represent
very accurate simulations which  Indicate an advection-domlnated dispersion
process with  local  dlsperslvltles approaching  those neasured 1n the
laboratory.  As also discussed  1n more detail  by Kolz et al. (1983) and
G'liven et al.  (1984), It Is clear that  1f a full-aquifer dlsperslvlty were
calculated from these data It would not represent a physical property of the
aquifer.
Simulation of Two-Well Tests
     To date, simulations have been performed  for two separate  two-well
tests, the Plckens  and Grlsak (1981) test and  the Mobile test described In a
previous  section.   Only the Mobile two-well test simulation will  be pre-
sented In detail  because the  conclusions are similar to those that result
from simulation of  the Plckens and Grlsak (1981) test but are somewhat more
significant because of the larger scale of the experiment.
     In our simulation of the E1-I2 two-well test we chose to employ the
single-well test  as a means for  Inferring the  hydraulic conductivity
distribution  in a relatively  small aquifer region between the injection well
and a multilevel  observation  well.  The two-well experiment was then used to
                                   63
 1.0-
 0.8-
 0.6

 0.4

 0.2

  0.0
                     Q=3.2m3/hr
                     B=8.2m
                     V,  =9 5.6m3
oEXPERIMEMTAL
 DATA
 [PICKENS AND GRISAK.
    NUMERICAL
    RESULT
     "iv*o7*}nr
                                              1-6
VOL.  WITHDRAWN / VOL.  INJECTED

                    69

-------
            7et1on                                           -«.
          V"     TMI proen>Z)> Wh ..... "d  " 4re the «-rt««t.. .ion, and nor*,, to , local
streanllne, and ,  is  the vertical coord.nate.  ,. this syste. the

transformed advectlon-dlsperslon equation  Is  given by
                                                                     00,
                                   70
Table 3.   Two-well  test parameters supplied  to CeoTrans, Inc. for their
    3-d1nens1on«1 simulations based on the advectlon-dlsperslon equation.
              (Mornllzed Hydraulic Conductivity Distribution)
Layer f
(1)
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
S
4
3
2
1
Layer Layer
Center (z.) Thickness
20.4 n 2.40 m
17.97 2.46
15.62 2.24
13.37 2.2S
11.50
10.00
8.50
7.00
5.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
4.00 1.50
2.50 1.50
0.87 1.75
Normalized Cond.
(Xtz^/K^)
0.15
0.31
0.34
0.38
0.48
0.57
0.51
0.44
0.72
1.00
0.65
0.25
                           (Additional Parameters)
      Longitudinal  dlsperslvlty	  0.15 m
      Transverse (horizontal) dlsperslvlty	  0.05 m
      Transverse (vertical) dlsperslvlty	  0.01 m
      Tracer Injection  time	  3.19 days
      Total Injection  time	  32.5 days
      One-half well spacing	  19.14m
      Radius of Injection  and production wells	  0.08 m  3
      Injection and production rates	:..  0.9464 m /mln
      Porosity	  0.35
      Aquifer thickness	  21.6 B  2
      Molecular diffusion  coefficient	  1x10 ' m Is
      Screen location  (Injection well)	  Fully penetrating
      Screen location  (Withdrawal well)	  Fully penetrating
      E3 observation well  coordinates	  (x-13.56 m. y • 0)
                                                                                                                               71

-------
where DS> Dn and DZ are principal components of  the  hydrodynamlc  dispersion
tensor In the longitudinal, transverse and vertical  directions, respective-
ly, and hj and h? are the scale factors of the curvilinear  coordinate  system
(Huyakorn et al.. 1986a).  The dispersion coefficients are  defined as
                  U/8
                  U/t
                  U/l
(Ha)
(lib)
(lie)
where QZ 1s the vertical dlsperslvlty. and U Is a  function  of  s,  n and  z.
Solution of equation (10) enables one to predict the  tracer concentration  1n
the production well as a function of time and also the  tracer  concentrations
as functions of time at each level  In the multilevel  observation  well E3.
The actual Information supplied to  GeoTrans 1s listed In Table 3.  The
Cartesian  coordinates  listed are based on Figure 4.
     The second model  used to simulate the two-well test 1s called the
two-well advectlon model (TWAM) and was developed  at  Auburn University
(Falta. 1984; Giiven et al., 1986).  A Lagranglan solution method  is used In
this Model based on the travel times of tracer along  various flow lines from
one well to the other.  In this model, it Is assumed  that the aquifer is
horizontal, confined,  of constant thickness and porosity, and perfectly
stratified 1n the vicinity of the test wells.  TWAM takes Into account the
depth-dependent advectlon 1n the horizontal planes, but neglects completely
any local  hydrodynamic dispersion.  Thus any simulations resulting from
application of TVAM will yield dispersed concentration distributions based
solely on differential advectlon, which is also called shear flow (Fischer
et al.. 1979).
     Shown In Figure 31 are the results of the 3-dimenstonal dispersion
simulation and the advectlon simulation using the model  called THAU (G'uven
et al,, 1986).  Both models do a remarkably good job of predicting the
                                     n
                                                       NOIiVHlN3DNOO
                                                                 i

-------
 recovery concentrations during the two-well test.  Since the two Independent
 predictions agreed quite well, one can conclude that local hydrodynamlc
 dispersion played a very minor role In determining the time distribution of
 tracer concentration In the withdrawal well.   The entire experiment,  which
 Involved estimated travel distances over individual  flow paths ranging from
 38.3 m to about 90 m in the most permeable layer, was highly advection-
 dominated.   The dominant role  of advectlon in  the two-well test was also
 noted earlier  by Hoopes and Harleman (1967) for the  case of a homogeneous
 aquifer.
      We  would  like to emphasize that no prior  calibration was done  In order
 to  arrive at the results  shown in Figure 31.   All  of  the Information
 supplied  to our subcontractor  is listed In Table  3.   They did not know the
 result of the  experiment  they  were attempting  to  simulate.   With  the  excep-
 tion of  the dlsperslvity  values and  the porosity,  all  of the  information
 contained 1n Table  3  was  measured directly In  the  field  or  calculated  from
 field  measurements.   The  dispersivlty  values were  chosen arbitrarily  to  have
 relatively  small  finite values  because  the 3-D  model would  develop  numerical
 dispersion  and/or excessive CPU tine problems  if  the dispersivlty got  too
 close  to  zero.   Porosity was measured  in the laboratory  on  disturbed core
 samples obtained  from well E3  during drilling operations.   The  seven samples
were compacted  lightly and the  porosity measured based on the determination
of  solids specific gravity and  saturated water  content.  The average for
well E3 was 0.41.  It was reasoned that this value would likely be  higher
than the  undisturbed 1n-s1tu values, so an effective porosity of 0.35 was
chosen prior to any simulations.  The 3-D model result in Figure 31, based
on  the 0.35 porosity value, was obtained from a single computer run which
                                     74
required 8.5 hours of CPU time on a Prime 550-2 minicomputer (Huyakorn et
al.. 1986b).  Runs at Auburn University based on identical data using TWAK
(Falta, 1984; Guven et al.. 1986) were performed independently of  the
GeoTrans run.
     The calculated withdrawal  concentration  functions  in  Figure  31  were
obtained from a  flow-weighted average  of  the  concentrations  along the
withdrawal  well  screen  and  thus is  a  vertically Integrated quantity.  A
comparison  between concentration breakthrough curves measured  at the 7
discrete  levels  of observation  well E3 and those predicted by  the 3-D  model
are shown  in Figure 24.  At levels 2. 4.  5. and 6. the agreement is good,
while at levels  3 and 7 it is poor.  A valid comparison cannot be nade at
 level 1 because  of an apparent leak in the tubing used to obtain the level 1
 samples (Molz et al., 1985).  The mixed results of Figure 24 are not unex-
 pected because one would not expect the normalized hydraulic conductivity
 distribution shown 1n Figure 21 to remain  completely Invariant in a fluvial
 aquifer over the  38.3 a separation between the  Injection  and production
 wells.  However,  1t  is significant that  the  Integrated prediction  (Figure
 31)  remains quite good.
       The prediction  of concentration versus  time  1n the  withdrawal  well  is
  sensitive  to  the normalized hydraulic conductivity distribution.  Shown In
  Figure 32  is  the withdrawal  concentration breakthrough that would result if
  one assumed a  homogeneous  aquifer with a normalized hydraulic conductivity
  of unity throughout.  In such a situation, one would observe  a longer travel
  time for the first arrival of the tracer at the withdrawal  well and a much
  higher peak concentration than was realized during the actual experiment.
  However, the general behavior of  the tall of the curve does not appear sen-
  sitive to the details of the normalized hydraulic conductivity  distribution.
                                        75

-------
         so
         49
     <
     O
     z
     o
         4O
         30
         20
         I 5
         10
                              8
                              o  o
                              o
                              ?   o
              4O  10  l2Ot«OZOQZ402403ZO 3*0 400 440 410)20910 «00 840 *«0 720  7«O
                                   TIME (hrs.)
Figure 32.    Calculated tracer concentration versus time In the withdrawal
              well based on an assumed homogeneous! isotroplc aquifer with
              no local dlsperslon(circles) shown  together with the results
               of  the  present  two-well  test  (full  line).
                                     76
A good fit to the data results If one assumes a  full-aquifer  longitudinal
dispcrslvlty of 4 m (Huyakorn et al., 1986b).
     Further understanding of the Implications of the data and computations
contained In Figures 24 and 31 can be obtained by selecting a normalized
hydraulic conductivity distribution so that the  computed and measured
breakthrough curves of Figure 24 are made to agree with each other as far as
peak arrival times are concerned.  (Essentially, this 1s equivalent to using
the two-veil test Itself to estimate the normalized hydraulic conductivity
distribution.)  This was discussed previously, and the distribution shown In
Figure 25 was obtained.  There Is not a- tremendous difference between the
normalized hydraulic conductivity distributions  shown In Figures 21 and 25.
but the Figure 25 conductivity values In the upper half of the aquifer are
smaller.  A TNAM simulation of the withdrawal well concentrations based on
the Figure 25 distribution Is shown 1n Figure 33.  While the rising limb of
the breakthrough curve 1s not simulated as well, there 1s closer agreement
between the data and computations for the falling 11mb than was obtained
previously (Figure 31) using the normalized hydraulic conductivity distribu-
tion shown In Figure 21.  Overall, the simulations shown In Figures 31 and
33 are of comparable quality.
     The single-well and two-*e!1 test simulations discussed In this section
pertained to different aquifers In widely separated locations.  The
single-well test was performed In a clean, sandy, glaclofluvlal aquifer (n
Canada, while the two-well test was performed In a fluvial, low-terrace
deposit containing sand with appreciable amounts of clay.  Both simulations
were quite accurate In an Integrated sense and consistent with an advectlon-
doalnated (shear flow) dispersion process.  When advection was considered

                                      77

-------
                                      §3
                                      '-4 U
                                      ° ? •
                                      hi C in
                                      VON
                                      u e
                                      «  «
                                      £2 S
                                     U M C
                                     •H « S
                                     « a o
                                     3 >«  *J
                                     isa
                                     •-< e u
                                     u — o
                                     «   a
NOIJ.VHiN3DNOD
      78
txplleltly. 1«rg«, sctle-dcpendent, full-aqulftr dtsperslvltles were not
required.
                         Olicunlon «nd Concluilorn
     In the recent past, some hydrologlsts advocited the use of single-well
or two-well tracer dispersion tests as a means for measuring full-aquifer
longitudinal dlsperslvlty.  However, our analyses of single- and two-well
tests In stratified aquifers Indicate that If this Is done, the resulting
nuaber will have little physical meaning.  In the case of single-well tests,
the full-aquifer breakthrough curves measured 1n observation wells are
determined nalnly by the hydraulic conductivity profile In the region
between the Injection-withdrawal well and an observation well If the travel
distance between the Injection-withdrawal well and the observation well Is
typical of noit test geometries.  Thus, Information about the conductivity
profile Is necessary for meaningful test Interpretation.  The relative
concentration versus time data recorded at the Injection-withdrawal well
Itself Is primarily a measure of the combined local and (perhaps?) semi-
local dispersion which has taken place during the experiment.  Of course,
the effects of such dispersion will depend In part on the hydraulic
conductivity distribution In the aquifer, and In part on the size of the
experiment.  As the size of the experiment Increases, the effects of local
vertical dispersion will become larger compared to the effects of local
radial dispersion (G'uven et al.. 1985).
     The two-well test simulations show that the concentration versus time
breakthrough curve measured at the withdrawal well would be very sensitive
to variations of the hydraulic conductivity In the vertical.   Without the
use of multilevel observation wells, the test would give little useful
Information about the hydraulic or dispersive characteristics of the
                                      79

-------
 aquifer, such as aquifer stratification or values of local dispersivitles.
 Factors such  as  the  length  of the injection period,  the use of recircula-
 tion,  and  the physical  512e of the  experiment all  have  a  strong effect on
 the breakthrough  curve  measured at  the  withdraw!  well, making the  interpre-
 tation  of  field  results  difficult,  unless  aquifer  stratification  is measured
 and properly  taken into  account (Giiven  et  al.,  1986).
     Based on  the above  observations and the  large values  for  full-aquifer
d1spers1v1t1es that consistently result from  calibrated areal  groundwater
transport models, we believe that the following working conclusions are
warranted.
       I.  Local  longitudinal hydrodynaailc dispersion plays a relatively
           unimportant role  in the transport of contaminants 1n aquifers.
           Differential  advection  (shear flow) In the horizontal direction
           is  much more  important.
      II.  The concept of full-aquifer  disperslvity used in vertically-
           averaged  (areal)  models will  not be applicable  over  distances of
           Interest  in most  contamination  problems.   If  one fas no choice
           but to apply  a full-aquifer dispersion  concept,  the  resulting
           disperslvity  will  not represent  a  physical  property  of the
           aquifer.  Instead,  it will be an ill-defined  quantity  that will
           depend  on the  size and  type of experiment used  for its  supposed
          measurement.
    III.   Because of conclusion II. it  makes  no sense to perform  tracer
           tests aimed at measuring  full-aquifer dispersivity.   If an area!
          model  Is used, the modeler will  end up adjusting  the dispersivity
          during the calibration process anyway, Independent of the
          measured value.
                                    SO
      IV.   When  tracer  tests are  performed,  they should  be  aiced  at determin-
           ing the  hydraulic conductivity  distribution.   Both our theoretical
           and experimental  work  have Indicated that the variation of horizon-
           tal hydraulic  conductivity with respect to vertical position  1s a
           key aquifer  property related  to spreading of  contaminants.
       V.   Two-  and three-dimensional modeling approaches should  be utilized
           which emphasize variable advectlon rates in the  horizontal
           direction and  hydrodynasilc dispersion 1n the  transverse direc-
           tions along  with sorptlon and microbial/chemlcal degradation.
      VI.   In order to  handle the more advection-donlnated flow systems
           described In conclusion V. one will have to utilize or develop
           numerical algorithms that are more resistant to numerical
           dispersion than those  utilized 1n the standard dispersion-
           dominated models.
     As discussed in the Introduction, much of our  contemporary modeling
technology related to contaminant transport may be  viewed as  an attempt to
apply vertically homogeneous aquifer  concepts  to real aquifers.   Real
aquifers are not homogeneous, but they ere not  perfectly stratified  either.
What we are  suggesting, therefore,  is that the  time may  have  arrived to
begin changing  from a homogeneous to  a vertically-stratified  concept when
dealing with contaminant  transport,  realizing  fully that such an  approach
will be Interim 1n  nature and  not  totally correct.   However,  our  performance
and  simulation  of  several single- and double-well  tracer tests suggests  that
the  stratified  approach  1s  much  more  compatible with  valid  physical  con-
cepts, and at least in some cases,  results  1n  a mathematical  model  that  has
a degree of  true predictive ability.  Nevertheless, real-world applications
will  undoubtedly require  calibration, which  in the stratified approach  would
                                      31

-------
Involve varying the hydraulic conductivity distribution r«th«r than the
longitudinal dlsptrtlvlty.  The btneflt If that when calibrating the K
distribution, one It dealing with the physical property that probably
dominates the dispersion process.
     The change fro* a vertically-homogeneous to a vertically-stratified
approach will not be easy from a field measurement viewpoint nor will It be
Inexpensive.  The work of Plckens and Grlsak (1981) and the work described
herein has developed some prototype technology and methodology for obtaining
the type of Information shown In Figure 34.  This figure presents the
results of a preliminary analysis of all single-well tests to date that have
been performed at the Mobile site and analyzed In the vertical plane shown
In Figures 15 and 34.  The mean locations In the aquifer where the tests
took place are Indicated In the bottom half of the figure.
     Examination of the K/Km(x plots 1n Figure 34 reveal some Interesting
trends.  A high hydraulic conductivity zone In the bottom third of the
aquifer Is evident In all four of the tests.  A similar high hydraulic
conductivity zone appeared In the top third of the aquifer during the E5-E1
test and the E10-E9 test, but not In the two tests conducted In the vicinity
of 12.  If one attempted to "fit* a stratified mathematical model to the
situation Illustrated In Figure 34, the strict definition of a stratified
aquifer could not be maintained.  As a practical necessity, one would have
to postulate a "local" or "quasistratlfied concept" wherein flow was
generally horizontal on the average with the vertical distribution of
horizontal hydraulic conductivity gradually shifting from one distribution
to the other.  There are, however, other considerations that may make the
"approximately stratified" Idealization work better than expected.  While
the  Imposed  flow was observed to be locally stratified  In the present
                                     82
    K/K
       'max

y.-y. 7. ';.;/.; A
/.:.Y.;.v -;-
/'////////////////
-40 -30 -20 -10


i
/////////// /////s/s
1 1 1 > 1
0 10 20 30 40
rigurt 34.
               Horizontal  Distance  (m)
PrtllBinary results of four single veil  ccict
p«r(oroMd at Che Mobil* lit*. All  ftacloni shown
•re situated at approximately the sane vertical
plan*.
                             83

-------
 experiments  and  In  the experiments of Plckens  and  GHsak  (1981),  this  does
 not necessarily  mean  that the aquifer hydraulic  conductivity distribution Is
 also stratified  around the localities where the  tests were performed;  areal
 variations of hydraulic conductivity could still be present at each level of
 the aquifer  around a  test veil.  However, an overall stratified flow pattern
 could still  develop In a confined aquifer even 1f the hydraulic conductivity
 distribution Is  not perfectly stratified.  This  Is because the flow Is
 forced to be horizontal on the average In a confined aquifer,  and a quasi-
 stratified flow may develop along various flow paths In response to the
 effective average value of the hydraulic conductivity at each  level of the
 aquifer along the flow path,  as  observed 1n the field experiments  discussed
 above.   This behavior  seems  to be supported also by the  results of some
 ongoing numerical solute  transport experiments  presently being  performed  »t
 Auburn  University.   In a  three-dimensional  numerical  experiment 1n  a
 confined  aquifer  with  a completely random computer-generated synthetic
 hydraulic conductivity distribution.  It was observed, swnewhat  surprisingly.
 that a  quasistratlfled flow field developed along the entire travel path of
 a  contaminant slug  Introduced numerically into  the aquifer, which resulted
 In considerable longitudinal spreading (shear flow dispersion)  of the
 contaminant plume.
     A question that should be considered further relates to the practical
 feasibility of performing the tracer  tests required by the stratified
 approach.  In most situations we view tracer tests as feasible  technically
 but only marginally feasible In a routine practical  sense.   As  discussed In
 the section on multilevel  sampling wells,  the  unavailability of  widely
accepted commercial  equipment  is  a major  practical Impediment.   However.
 that problem may  disappear  In  the near future, and the need  to consider
                                    84
vertical aquifer  property variations  1s  very  real.   As  Illustrated by the
field work of Ostensky, Winter and Williams  (1964).  the use  of full-aquifer
dispersion concepts  to nodel what Is  essentially  a  shear flow dispersion
process does not  result in a conservative estimate  of contaminant  concentra-
tions.  Instead,  the noilel Induces a  large amount of artificial  mixing which
often leads tc an unreallstically-rapld  dilution  of  a contaminant  plume.
Such an analysis  at a site In central Wyoming  concluded that the 1000 og/1
sulfate contour line was located at a maxlmun  distance  of about  450 m
downgradlent from the source.  However,  further study by Osiensky  et  al.
(1984) which considered the structure of the fluvial aquifer  In  more  detail
showed that there were portions of the aquifer 1020  m downgradlent that
contained sulfate concentrations in excess of  5000 my/1.  Occurrence  of this
kind of potential mistake can be minimized only by including  more
Information about the actual geometry and hydraulic  conductivity
distribution regardless of whether a vrathenatical nodel  is part  of the
analysis.  The Interin stratified aquifer approach to tracer  test analysis
and modeling discussed herein is meant to be a step  in  that direction.
     One obvious  implication of our study is that any type of  groundwater
contamination analysis and reclamation plan will be  difficult, expensive and
probably unable to meet all  of the desired objectives in a reasonable time
frame.  This reinforces the t1m«-honored saying that O.OZ83 kg (1 oz) of
prevention Is worth 0.4114 kg (1 Ib)  of cure,  which in the case of
groundwater pollution Is probably an understatement.  One can  not over-
emphasize the advantages of preventing such pollution whenever It is
feasible.
                                     85

-------
                               Reference*

Alpay,  0. A.  1972.  A practical approach to defining reservoir hetero-
geneity.  J. Petrol. Technol. v. 20, pp.  841-848.

Anderson. H. P.  1983.  Movement of contaminants In groundwater, groundwater
transport:  adveetlon and  dispersion.  In Groundwater Contamination:
Product of a Technological Society. Hatl. Res. Counc. Ceophys. Study.
pp. 37-45.  National Academy Press.  Washington, D.c.

Buscheck, T. A.. C. Doughty, and C. F. Tsang.  1983.  Prediction and
analysis  of a field experiment on a multllayered aquifer thermal energy
storage system with strong buoyancy flow.  Water Reseur. Res,  v. 19,
pp. 1307-1315.                            	

Oagan,  G.   1984.  Solute transport In heterogeneous porous formations.
Journal of Fluid Mechanics v. 145. pp. 151-177.

Davis,  S. N., and R. J. H.  DeWlest.  1966. Hydrogeology.  John Wiley and
Sons, Mew York.  463 pp.

Falta,  R. W.  1984.  Analysis and Interpretation of Single-Well and Two-Hell
Tracer  Dispersion Experiments in stratified Aquifers.M.S.  Thesis.Depart-
ment of Civil Engineering, Auburn University, Alabama.  101  pp.

Fischer,  H. B., E. J. List. R. C. Y. Koh. J. Interger. and N.  H. Brooks.
1979.  Mixing In Inland and Coastal Waters. Academic Press,  New York.  483
PP.

Freeze, R. A., and 0. A. Cherry.  1979.  Groundwater.  Prentice-Hall.  604
PP.

Fried,  J. J.  1975.  Groundwater Pollution. Elsevler, New York.  330 pp.

Gelhar, I. W.. A. L. Gutjahr. and R. L. Naff.  1979.  Stochastic analysis of
macrodlsperslon In a stratified aquifer.   Hater Resour. Res,  v. IS,
pp. 1387-1397.

Gelhar, L. W., and C. L. Axness.  1983.  Three-dimensional stochastic
analysis  of macrodlsperslon  In aquifers.   Water Resour. Res,  v. 19,
pp. 161-180.

Giiven,  0.,  F. J. Molz. and J. G. Melville.  1984.  An analysis of dispersion
In a stratified aquifer.  Water Resour. Res, v. 20. pp. 1337-1354.

GUven.  0..  R. W. Falta, F. J. Holz, and J. G. Melville.  1985.  Analysis and
Interpretation of single-well tracer tests 1n stratified aquifers.  Water
Resour. Res,  v. 21, pp. 576-664.

Giiven,  0.,  R. W. Falta. F. J. Holz, and J. G. Melville.  1986.  A simplified
analysis  of two-well tracer  tests In stratified aquifers. Ground Water
v. 24.  pp.  64-82.
                                   36
Giiven.  0.   1986.  Conditional simulations of solute transport In a
justified  aquifer.  EOS  v. 67. p. 283.

         R. J.. and P. K.  Kltanldls.  1984.  An  application of the geo-
         l approach to  the Inverse problem 1n two-dimensional groundwater
modeling.   Hater Resour.  Res, v.  20. pp. 1003-1020.

Hoopes  0.  A.,  and D. R.  Harleman.  1967.  Wastewater  recharge and dlsper-
ifen In pirou,  media.  J. HYd.  Dlv.. A5CE v. 93.  pp.  51-71.

             S   P   F  Andersen.  0. Guven, and F. J.  Molz,  1986a.
 Chalk River and the Mobile sites.
                                        Resour. Res, v.
                                                                 «
                                                             press.
 Journel. A. G.. and C. T. Huljbregts.   1978.  Mining Geostatlstlcs.
 Academic Press, Hew York.

 Kltanldls. P. K.. and E. G. VomvoHs.   1983.  A geostatlstlcal  approach to
 tnTlnverse problem In groundwater modeling (steady state) and
 OM-dlnenslonal simulations.  Water Resour. Res, v. 19. pp. 677-690.

 Konlkow. L. F. 1986.  Predictive accuracy of a ground-water model.  Ground
 Water v! 24.  pp. 173-184.
          .
 v. 22. In press.
 Holz  F  J   J.  G. Melville. 0.  Guven. and A. D. Parr.   1983.  Aquifer
 Dermal 'energy storage, an ittempt to counter free thermal convection.
 Water Resour. Res. v.  19. pp. 922-930.

                                                     "    T
site.  Water Resour.  Res, v. 21, pp.

               sfes
                                                                »-»•
  BB: 'fJsiS-iU S1Bf.W-.?rS-1fl t
  Mobile site.  Hater Resour. Res., In press.
  N»i«uin  S  P   1983   Statistical characterization of aquifer
  BSiiiti..!98!; a!**-,   '"-/r^rffrg   ?y>
  Geological  Society of America,  special paper IBS, pp. 81 102.
                                     87

-------
Oslensky, J. L., G. V. Winter, and R. E. Williams.  1984.  Monitoring and
mathematical modeling of contaminated ground-water plumes In fluvial
environments.  Ground Water vol. 22, pp. 298-306.

Parr, A, D,, F, J, Holz, and J. G. Melville.  1983.  Field determination of
aquifer  thermal energy storage parameters.  Ground Water v. 21, pp. 22-35.

Philip,  J. R.  1980.  Field heterogeneity:  some basic Issues.  Hater
Resour.  Res, v. 16, pp. 443-448.

Plckens, J.  F., and G. E. Grlsak.   1981.  Scale-dependent dispersion In a
stratified granular aquifer.  Mater  Resour. Res, v. 17, pp. 1191-1211.

Plckens, J.  F., J. A. Cherry, G.  E.  Grlsak, W.  F. Kerrltt. and B. A. Rlsto.
1978.   Ground  Water v. 16, pp. 322-237.

Schwartz, F. H.   1977.  Macroscopic  dispersion  In porous media:   the
controlling  factors.  Water Resour.  Res, v. 13.  pp. 743-752.

Smith,  L.,  and F.  H.  Schwartz.   1981.   Mass transport 3.  Role of hydraulic
conductivity data  1n  prediction.   Hater Resour.  Res, v. 17, pp. 1463-1479.

Sposito, G., W. A. Jury,  and  V.  K.  Gupta.   1986.  Fundamental problems 1n
the stochastic convection-dispersion model of  solute transport in aquifers
and field  soils.   Hater Resour.  Res, v. 22. pp.  77-88.

Sudlcky, E.  A., J. A. Cherry,  and E. 0. Frind.   1985.  Migration of
contaminants in groundwater at a landfill:  a  case study 4.  A natural
gradient dispersion  test.  J.  of Hydrology v.  63, pp. 81-108.

Winter, C.  L.   1982.  Asymptotic properties of mass transport In random
porous  media.   Ph.D.  dissertation.   Univ. of Ariz., Tucson.
                                      88

-------
 TRANSPORT AND FATE
    MANAGEMENT
   CONSIDERATIONS
      Session 8
    Joseph F. Keely
(Oregon Graduate Center)

-------